<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<TEI xmlns="http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0">
  <teiHeader>
    <fileDesc>
      <titleStmt>
        <title>Investment, an exact science</title>
        <author>
          <persName>
            <forname>Henry</forname>
            <surname>Lowenfeld</surname>
          </persName>
        </author>
      </titleStmt>
      <publicationStmt />
      <sourceDesc>
        <bibl>
          <msIdentifier>
            <idno>865521182</idno>
          </msIdentifier>
        </bibl>
      </sourceDesc>
    </fileDesc>
  </teiHeader>
  <text>
    <body>
      <div>
        <pb n="1" />
        7  /Mb  Z  ¥
        <pb n="2" />
        S.m

m  n9$  g  ;
        <pb n="3" />
        INVESTMENT
AN  EXACT  SCIENCE.
        <pb n="4" />
        Í

Gustav  Diedenensen

INVESTMENT
AN  EXACT  SCIENCE

BY
HENRY  LOWENFELD-U


Enlarged  and  Revised  Edition.

Published  by
THE  FINANCIAL  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS,
2,  WATERLOO  PLACE,  LONDON,  S.W.
Price  2/6  Nett.
Copyright.]  [All  Rights  Reserved.
        <pb n="5" />
        AA  if  IV*

LONDON:
“THE  BIBHOPSQATE  PRESS,"
44-47,  BISHOPSQATE  WITHOUT,  E.O.
        <pb n="6" />
        CONTENTS.

Page.
The  Object  of  this  Book  ...  ...  v.
Chapter.
I.  On  Investment  Risks  ...  ...  ...  1
II.  What  Influences  the  Realisable  Value
of  Stocks?  ...  ...  ...  ...  18
III.  The  Geographical  Distribution  of
Capital  ...  ...  ...  ...  45
IV.  Why  Geographical  Distribution  Protects ­
  both  Capital  and  Income  ...  59
V.  The  Practical  Construction  of  Investment ­
  Schemes  ...  ...  ...  72
VI.  The  Treatment  of  Existing  Investment ­
  Lists  ...  ...  ...  ...  99
VII.  The  World’s  Stock  Markets  110
VIII.  The  Defects  of  the  British  Trustee
Acts  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  129

Appendix.  World-Trade  and  the  Geographical
Distribution  of  Capital.  Reprint
of  Popular  Financial  Booklet  XXI.

136
        <pb n="7" />
        ^Publishers'  Exist.

HOW  TO  MANAGE  CAPITAL.
Price  1  /-THE
  INVESTMENT  OF  TRUST
FUNDS.  Price  2/6
HARLEY’S  INVESTOR’S  ACCOUNT ­
  BOOK.  Price  4/-and
  61-HOW
  TO  PROTECT  CAPITAL.
Price  1  /-FINANCIAL
  REVIEW  OF
REVIEWS.  Published  monthly,
price  11-  Ann.  Subscrip.  10-THE
  INVESTOR’S  YEAR  BOOK
Price  1/-Published
  at
2,  WATERLOO  PLACE,
LONDON,  S.W.
        <pb n="8" />
        THE  OBJECT  OF  THIS  BOOK.

Upwards  of  a  quarter  of  a  century  of  actual
work  among  investors  and  their  investments
has  proved  to  us  that  the  only  means  for
insuring  permanent  investment  success  consists ­
  in  the  adoption  of  a  true  and  systematic
method  of  averaging  investment  risks.  However ­
  carefully  any  single  investment  may
be  investigated  prior  to  its  purchase,  and
however  desirable  from  every  point  of  view
it  may  seem  at  that  time,  yet  its  future
progress  always  remains  an  uncertain  and  unascertainable
  quantity.  The  history  of  stock
market  fluctuations  proves  that  there  is  no
stock  in  existence,  the  future  realisable  value
of  which  is  ascertainable  with  certainty  ;
hence  it  is  impossible  to  eliminate  the  individual ­
  risks  attending  the  purchase  of  any
single  investment.
This  fundamental  principle  having  been
established,  it  naturally  follows  that  the  only
method  by  which  investment  success  can  be
made  permanent  is  to  insure  against  this  uncertainty ­
  in  the  realisable  value  of  any  single
        <pb n="9" />
        viii
security.  It  has  been  theoretically  and  practically ­
  proved  that  by  splitting  up  invested
capital  in  equal  proportions  among  a  number
of  investments  similar  in  quality,  yet  whose
price  movements  are  all  governed  by  different
influences,  a  combination  of  investments  is
obtained  in  which  a  fall  in  the  realisable  value
of  a  portion  of  them  is  simultaneously  counterbalanced ­
  by  a  rise  in  the  realisable  value  of
another  portion  of  them,  and  that  in  this  way  a
true  balance  of  values  is  established.
This  system  of  investment  poise  and
counterpoise  is  known  as  the  system  of
Geographical  Distribution  of  Capital.  Just  as
a  carefully  studied  system  of  averages  eliminates ­
  all  taint  of  gambling  from  a  sound  system
of  insurance  business,  so  a  sound  system  of
averages,  based  upon  the  Geographical
Distribution  of  Capital,  reduces  to  a  minimum
the  taint  of  speculation  from  the  act  of  investment. ­
  From  their  very  nature,  insurance  and
investment  are  both  highly  speculative  transactions, ­
  which  can  only  be  raised  to  the
dignity  of  solid  business  by  a  carefully  constructed ­
  system  of  averages.
By  means  of  this  system  of  Geographical
Distribution  of  Capital  every  investor,  who
has  quite  made  up  his  mind  what  his  real
investment  object  is,  can,  from  the  very  outset
        <pb n="10" />
        B

IX

of  his  career  as  a  capitalist,  arrange  his
stocks  in  such  a  manner  that  the  results
obtainable  therefrom  become  almost  a
certainty  ;  whilst  investors  who  have  hitherto
failed  to  attain  their  investment  objects
can  so  rearrange  their  holdings  that  they
are  likely  to  be  more  successful  in  the
future.
In  this  book  are  set  out  and  explained  the
fundamental  principles  of  the  Geographical
Distribution  of  Capital  ;  whilst  the  general
principles,  which  should  guide  every  investor
in  the  selection  of  his  individual  holdings,  are
discussed  in  its  companion  volume,  “How  to
Manage  Capital.”
Having  once  systematically  arranged  his
Investment  List,  it  becomes  essential  for  the
investor  to  follow  up  and  examine  the  progress
of  his  holdings.  For  this  purpose  we  publish
the  “Investor’s  Year  Book,”  as  well  as  a
monthly  publication  entitled  the  “  Financial
•  Review  of  Reviews.”  Lastly,  we  publish  an
Account  Book,  known  as  “  Harley’s  Investor’s
Account  Book,”  by  which  a  clear  record  of  an
investor’s  financial  transactions  may  easily  be
kept  in  accordance  with  the  principles  of
Geographical  Distribution.
All  that  is  now  necessary  to  enable  an
investor  to  command  success  in  his  investments
        <pb n="11" />
        X

is  that  he  shall  put  into  practice  the  lessons  to
he  learnt  from  these  publications.
For  the  reason  that  Trustees  and  others
interested  in  the  investment  of  Trust  Funds
are,  by  various  Acts  of  Parliament,  limited  in
their  selection  of  securities,  we  have  published
for  their  special  guidance  another  book  entitled
The  Investment  of  Trust  Funds.  This  book
explains  how  testators  and  other  founders  of
trusts  may  draw  suitable  instruments  of  trust
for  the  guidance  of  their  trustees,  and  also
how  trustees,  when  called  upon  to  act,  may
best  employ  the  capital  committed  to  their
care,  so  that  it  may  yield  both  the  largest
obtainable  income  and  also  exhibit  that
stability  of  realisable  value  which  is  the
very  essence  of  Trustee  investment.
Our  Company  was  founded  twenty-seven
years  ago  for  the  purpose  of  assisting  investors
in  the  management  of  their  capital,  and  ouipublications
  owe  their  existence  to  the  success
which  we  have  attained  in  accomplishing  This
object.
The  Investment  Registry,  Limited.
(.Established  1880).
2,  Waterloo  Place,
London,  S.W.
        <pb n="12" />
        CHAPTER  I.

ON  INVESTMENT  RISKS.
Investment  is  the  act  of  laying  out  money  with
a  view  to  keeping  it  safely,  and  at  the  same
time  securing  an  income  from  it.  Two  distinct
objects  being  aimed  at  by  the  act  of  investment, ­
  there  are  naturally  also  two  separate  and
distil]  ct  risks  attached  to  it,  namely,  the  risk
attendant  upon  Capital  and  the  risk  attendant
upon  Income.
All  investments  fluctuate  in  value,  and
there  is  hardly  an  investment  in  existence
which  may  be  relied  upon  with  mathematical
certainty  to  realise  without  any  diminution  the
exact  sum  originally  laid  out  in  its  purchase.
There  is,  however,  a  large  number  of  investments ­
  which  may  be  absolutely  relied  upon  as
regular  and  uniform  income-producers,  so  that
the  main  difficulty  of  investment  lies  in  keeping
the  original  capital  sum  intact.
Not  only  is  the  safety  of  capital  attended
by  the  greater  risks,  but,  in  addition,  it  constitutes ­
  the  cardinal  question  in  the  consideration ­
  of  the  safety  of  an  investment  ;  because,
so  long  as  capital  remains  intact,  any  diminu-B
  2
        <pb n="13" />
        :il.

IX  y  U  '

tion  in  income  is  reparable,  whilst  to  attempt
to  maintain  the  original  standard  of  income
with  a  reduced  capital  sum  is  a  difficult  and
frequently  a  hazardous  proceeding.
In  recent  years  it  has  been  quite  easy  to
construct  a  very  safe  investment  list  to  yield
4^  per  cent,  per  annum  on  an  average,  but  it  has
never  been  easy  very  greatly  to  increase  this
yield  with  due  regard  to  capital  safety.  Now,
suppose  £10,000  had  been  invested  to  produce
£450  per  annum,  and  this  income  had  dropped
20  per  cent,  to  £360,  but  the  capital  value  had
remained  intact.  In  the  following  example,
taken  from  actual  experience,  this  condition  of
affairs  is  very  nearly  approximated,  thus  :—
Bought  in  1892.

£2,000  Barry  Railway  Ordinary
at  203.  Div.  9^  per  cent.
£2,500  Queensland  4  per  cent.  Stock
at  10*3  ...  ...  ...  ...
60  shares  Union  Bank  of  Australia
at  £57  a  share.  Div.  £3  a  share

Price.
£4,060
2,595
3,420

Annual
Income.

£190

92

180

£10,075  ...  £462

Value  in  1897.

£2,000  Barry  Railway  Ordinary
at  291.  Div.  10  per  cent.
£2,500  Queensland  4  per  cent  Stock.
at  113  ...  ...  ...
60  shares  Union  Bank  of  Australia
at  £29  a  share.  Div.  £l£  per  share  1,740

Price.
£5,820
2,825

Annual
Income

...  £200
...  92
...  75

£10,385  ...  £367
        <pb n="14" />
        8

In  such  a  case  as  the  above  the  investor
would  simply  sell  his  holding  of  stocks  and
re-invest  again  on  the  same  easy  and  safe
basis  from  which  he  started.  His  position
would  have  remained  unchanged,  and  his
unimpaired  £10,000  can  nearly  always  be
made  to  yield  per  cent.,  or  £450,  with  safety.
In  fact,  investment  lists,  whose  income  yield  is
less  than  4|-  per  cent.,  can,  save  under  exceptional ­
  conditions,  always  be  brought  np  to  a
4^  per  cent,  basis  without  disturbing  their
capital  safety  ;  indeed,  in  many  cases  the
capital  safety  can  be  increased.
But,  supposing  that  both  capital  and  income
had  dropped  20  per  cent.,  and  the  realisable
value  of  the  stocks  held  had  fallen  to  £8,000
and  the  income  to  £360,  then  the  case  would
be  serious  indeed.  To  produce  £450  per
annum  on  £8,000  necessitates  an  investment
which  yields  over  per  cent.,  and  to  make
up  the  capital  to  its  original  amount  means
dispensing  with  income  entirely  for  a  period
of  four  years  ;  both  of  which  are  unsatisfactory
contingencies.
The  position  which  we  have  here  illustrated
has  recently  arisen  in  the  case  of  some  of  the
finest  British  investments,  as  many  of  our
readers  are  unfortunately  aware  by  their  own
actual  experience  ;  we  will  therefore  not
        <pb n="15" />
        4

enlarge  on  it  further,  but  we  will  confine
ourselves  to  the  question  of  the  two  classes
of  In,vestment  Risk  which  may  be  defined
as  follows  :—
1.  —Diminished  Capital.—This  disaster
cannot  be  repaired  out  of  income  except
with  great  difficulty,  and  in  any  event  such
a  calamity  must  result  in  impaired  capital
safety,  if  the  original  rate  of  income  is  to
be  maintained.
2.  —Diminished  Income.—This  minor
investment  inconvenience  can  always  be
rapidly  remedied  if  capital  still  retains,  or
has  improved  upon,  its  original  value.
In  other  words,  Capital  is  the  tree,
Income  is  the  fruit.  The  welfare  of  the  tree
must  always  be  the  first  consideration.  Investors ­
  will  do  well  to  permanently  fix  the
above  axioms  in  their  minds,  and  to  be  guided
by  them  in  all  investment  questions.
Having  fully  grasped  the  all-pervading
importance  of  capital,  our  readers  might  now
jump  to  the  hasty  conclusion  that  successful
investment  simply  resolves  itself  into  being
contented  with  a  very  moderate  income  and
investing  in  nothing  but  the  finest  securities.
Unfortunately,  however,  the  quality  of  the
investments  held  is  not  sufficient  in  itself  to
ensure  capital  safety.
        <pb n="16" />
        Amongst  Stock  Exchange  securities  the
British  Trustee  stocks  are  rightly  considered
to  he  the  soundest  type  of  investment.  In
this  book  we  deal  with  stocks  and  shares  only,
and  therefore  we  here  leave  all  other  forms  of
investment  out  of  consideration.  In  spite,
however,  of  their  individual  merits,  an  investment ­
  made  in  Trustee  stocks  in  1896  and
realised  in  1903  would  have  produced  a
result  similar  to  the  following  :—
Bought  in  1896.
£1,500  Birmingham  Corporation  3|  per  cent.
stock  at  131  £1,965
£1,300  London  &amp;amp;  North  Western  Railway
4  per  cent.  Preference  at  160  ...  2,080
£1,600  Southern  Mahratta  Railway  3|  per
cent.  Guaranteed  at  129  2,064
£6,109
Value  in  1903.
£1,500  Birmingham  Corporation  3|  per  cent.
stock  at  104  £1,560
£1,300  London  &amp;amp;  North  Western  Railway
4  per  cent.  Preference  at  125  ...  1,625
£1,600  Southern  Mahratta  Railway  3^  per
cent.  Guaranteed  at  104  1,664
£4,849
Lo**  £1,260
We  should  explain  that  the  prices  quoted
in  the  above  tables  do  not  represent  the  full
extremes  of  fluctuation  during  the  period
under  review.  Had  we  attempted  to  stretch
        <pb n="17" />
        G

our  illustration  to  its  full  possibility,  we  could
bave  shown  even  a  more  calamitous  loss  than
£1,260  upon  £6,109,  the  original  capital
sum  invested.  So  that,  without  in  any  way
straining  our  illustration,  we  are  able  to  depict
a  loss  of  rather  more  than  20  per  cent,
upon  three  Trustee  stocks,  each  of  which
seemingly  represents  interests  widely  differing
from  those  influencing  the  other  two.
Now,  if  so  deplorable  a  result  as  this  is
produced  by  the  purchase  of  three  stocks
which  are  supposed  to  represent  all  that  is
most  solid  in  English  finance,  it  would  seem
that  there  is  just  as  much  fluctuation  in  a
stock  with  a  gilt  edge  as  in  a  sound  stock
not  so  adorned.  Briefly,  the  tabular  results
displayed  above  conclusively  prove  that
capital  safety  is  not  arrived  at  by  merely
forming  a  combined  Investment  List  of  stocks
of  unquestionable  individual  soundness.  It
therefore  follows  that  in  order  to  achieve
stability  of  capital  an  Investment  List  must  be
endowed  with  some  other  characteristic  in  addition ­
  to  the  intrinsic  merit  of  individual  stocks,
if  the  investor  is  to  ensure  capital  safety.
But  before  we  begin  the  discussion  of  this
further  requisite  quality,  let  us  first  establish
the  simple  rudimentary  principles  which  must
be  the  foundation  of  all  successful  investment.
        <pb n="18" />
        7

/¿y s ' usc/ VY

To  begin  with,  the  danger  is  obvious  of  an
investor  confining  his  purchases  to  one  stock.
In  such  a  case  he  would  be  retaking  his
accumulated  wealth  on  the  fortunes  of  a  single
security,  and  on  any  serious  depreciation  overtaking ­
  the  stock  of  his  choice  his  loss  would
be  considerable.  Further,  he  would  be  reduced
to  the  vexatious  position  of  having  no  other
practical  course  open  to  him  than  to  wearily
nurse  his  crippled  investment  in  the  vague
hope  of  its  ultimate  recovery.  A  'prudent
investor  will  therefore  split  his  capital  up
among  a  variety  of  investments.  The  number
of  investments  which  would  best  suit  his  case
depends  entirely  upon  the  amount  of  capital
of  which  he  is  possessed.  Thus,  with  a  capital
of  £1,000  to  invest,  three  stocks  might  suffice,
whilst  with  £5,000  capital,  ten  stocks  would
be  requisite.  Later  on  in  this  book  we  shall
lay  down  a  very  definite  scheme  for  the
scientific  sub-division  of  capitals  of  all  sizes.
The  idea  of  investing  capital  in  a  variety
of  stocks  is  to  prevent  any  financial  disaster
adversely  influencing  more  than  a  small  portion
of  the  total  capital.  Therefore,  to  select  two
-or  more  stocks  whose  price  fluctuations  depend
on  the  same  influences  would  be  to  defeat  the
whole  scheme  of  distributing  capital.  So  that
not  only  must  capital  be  sub-divided  among  a
        <pb n="19" />
        8

number  of  stocks,  but  care  must  also  be  taken
to  select  for  the  purpose  stocks  which  are
susceptible  to  as  widely  divergent  influences
as  possible.
So  far  we  are  afraid  that  we  must  appear
to  be  rather  gloomy  counsellors  with  a  tendency
to  harp  upon  disaster.  But  if  an  investor  will
only  first  safeguard  himself  against  serious
loss,  the  rest  of  his  investment  career  presents
no  very  great  difficulties.  There  is,  for
instance,  a  bright  side  to  the  distribution  of
capital,  because  an  investor  would  require  to
be  exceptionally  unfortunate  if  among  the
variety  of  securities  which  he  held  he  did  not
possess  some  stocks  which  improved  in  capital
value  or  in  income-producing  power,  or  in
both.  In  fact,  the  whole  system  of  splitting
up  capital,  in  the  manner  in  which  we  advocate
in  this  book,  is  based  upon  the  selection  of
stocks  in  such  a  way  that  the  resultant  influence
affecting  them  as  a  whole  must  tend  to
be  a  beneficial  one.  In  other  words,  not
only  will  the  losses  be  counterbalanced  by
profits,  but  the  profits  will  so  outweigh
the  losses  that  the  investor  will  steadily
increase  the  realisable  value  of  his  Capital  as
time  goes  on  ;  and  with  the  increase  of  Capital
Account  we  have  already  shown  that  an
improved  Income  follows  as  a  matter  of  course.
        <pb n="20" />
        9

As  a  general  rule  investors  distribute  their
capital  in  a  haphazard  sort  of  way.  They  will
buy  £100  worth  of  one  kind  of  stock  and
£1,000  worth  of  another.  This  is  fatal  to  a
successful  counterbalancing  of  profits  and
losses,  for  :—Capital  must  not  only  be  split  up
amongst  various  investments,  but  these  divisions
of  capital  must  all  be  of  equal  original  cost.
The  idea  of  distributing  capital  amongst  a
variety  of  investments  is  that  the  movement  of
one  division  of  capital  may  counterbalance  the
movement  of  another  division.  Clearly,  then,
if  this  system  of  counterpoise  is  to  prove  of
practical  value,  the  weight  of  the  several
adjusting  divisions  of  capital  must  be
identical.  For  instance,  suppose  that  £1,000
had  been  unequally  invested  in  two  stocks,  their
costs  being  £800  and  £200  respectively,  and
let  us  further  assume  that  the  investor
judiciously  selected  two  stocks  which  represented ­
  two  widely  differing  investment  risks,
and  that  one  stock  was  adversely  affected
whilst  the  other  improved  in  value.  Now,  if
the  stock  which  represented  £800  of  his
capital  fell  five  points  and  the  other,  in  which
he  was  only  interested  to  the  extent  of  £200,
experienced  a  precisely  similar  rise,  the
investor  would  lose  £40  over  the  first  and,  as
a  set  off  to  this,  he  would  only  have  made  a
        <pb n="21" />
        10

profit  of  £10  over  the  second.  He  would  thus
he  £30  out  of  pocket  over  the  joint  transactions, ­
  and  his  capital  distribution  would  have
failed  in  its  object.  Whereas,  if  he  had
invested  £500  in  each  stock,  then  the  loss  on
the  first  stock  would  have  been  counterbalanced ­
  by  the  profit  on  the  second,  and  his
capital  distribution  would  have  proved  its
practical  utility.
Of  course,  the  point  might  be  raised  that
supposing  the  respective  movements  of  the
two  stocks  had  been  exactly  reversed,  and  the
£800  investment  had  risen  and  the  £200
investment  had  fallen,  in  such  a  case  the  very
irregularity  of  the  distribution  would  have
contributed  to  an  increase  of  profit.  But
this  result  of  an  unsound  investment  policy
in  no  way  disproves  the  fact  that  unsound
investment  policies  invariably  result  in  a  final
catastrophe.  Unequal  investment  of  this
nature,  where  the  result  is  left  to  chance,  is
nothing  more  than  speculation.  In  fact,  a  purchase ­
  of  securities  as  in  the  illustration  given
above  is  not  an  investment  at  all  ;  as  far  as
£600  of  it  is  concerned,  it  is  a  speculative  risk
against  which  no  provision  has  been  made.
The  main  object  of  sound  investment  is  to
safeguard  capital  against  loss,  and  this  object
can  only  be  attained  by  a  refusal  to  jeopardise
        <pb n="22" />
        11

capital  for  the  sake  of  a  possible  profit.  The
purpose  of  this  book  is  to  supply  our  readers
with  a  sound  system  of  investment  and  not
to  encourage  them  to  risk  their  capital  in
speculation.
In  the  above  example  it  will  be  noticed
that  the  movements  of  the  two  stocks  were
of  similar  extent,  that  is  to  say,  they  both
fluctuated  five  points,  so  that  their  width  of
fluctuation  was  identical.  Now,  when  comparing ­
  the  characteristics  of  different  stocks,
it  is  important  to  remember  that  stocks
resemble  or  differ  from  one  another  in  soundness, ­
  in  dividend-productiveness,  and  in  width
of  fluctuation.  Their  limits  of  fluctuation
constitute  a  very  material  difference  between
stocks  ;  and  of  two  stocks,  both  subject  to
precisely  the  same  market  influence,  one  may
rise  or  fall  five  points  as  the  consequence  of  a
given  event,  whilst  the  other  may  move  only
two  points  in  response  to  the  same  influence.
The  safety  of  Capital  is  obtained  by  dividing
it  (1)  equally  among  a  number  of  sound
stocks  (2)  of  identical  quality,  but  (3)  every
stock  held  must  be  subject  to  an  entirely
different  market  and  trade  influence.
In  selecting  stocks  of  identical  quality,  the
average  annual  fluctuations  over  a  period  of
at  least  three  years  should  be  compared.  It
        <pb n="23" />
        12

often  happens  that  a  stock  either  gradually
improves  or  deteriorates  in  stability  in  direct
ratio  with  an  improvement  or  a  deterioration  in
its  desirability  as  an  investment  ;  for  example,
the  average  annual  fluctuation  of  Grand  Trunk
Railway  Second  Preference  Stock  in  1901,  based
on  the  preceding  three  years,  was  about  30  per
cent.  ;  whereas  the  average  annual  fluctuation
at  the  present  time,  based  on  the  last  three
years,  is  under  10  per  cent.  In  such  case  the
stock  must  be  treated  as  if  it  were  a  new  stock
which  has  not  yet  found  its  proper  market
position,  and,  to  minimise  the  element  of
chance,  it  should  be  avoided  until  the  permanence ­
  of  the  average  annual  fluctuation  of
the  stock,  at  its  altered  level,  can  be  appreciated
at  its  true  limits.
Again,  in  selecting  stocks  that  are  subject
to  different  market  influences,  it  must  be  remembered ­
  that  the  chief  market  for  any
particular  security  is  liable  to  transposition.
By  market  influence  we  mean  the  influence
created  by  the  general  investment  conditions
obtaining  on  the  Stock  Exchange  in  which  the
stock  is  mainly  dealt  in.  Thus,  a  few  years
ago  a  number  of  the  bond  issues  of  American
Railways  were  chiefly  held  in  this  country,  and
the  principal  market  for  them  was  accordingly
the  London  Stock  Exchange.  But,  owing  to
        <pb n="24" />
        18

the  growth  of  American  wealth,  nearly  all
these  securities  are  now  held  by  the  Americans
themselves,  so  that  Wall  Street  is  now  the
chief  market,  and  the  influences  affecting  Wall
Street  will  control  the  prices  of  American
Railway  Securities.
Bearing  these  factors  in  mind,  the  above
rule  embraces  all  the  knowledge  which  is
requisite  to  enable  anyone  to  invest  safely
and  profitably  in  stocks  and  shares,  and  if  it  is
closely  observed,  in  scarcely  any  event  can
capital  be  exposed  to  danger.
But  the  investor  must  clearly  understand
that  the  observance  of  any  part  of  the  rule  will
avail  him  nothing  if  he  is  unwise  enough  to
disregard  the  remaining  portion.  The  efficacy
of  the  rule  lies  in  the  mutual  support  which
its  component  parts  lend  to  each  other,  and,
finally,  it  is  their  combined  sustaining  power
which  preserves  the  equilibrium  of  capital.
In  the  early  part  of  this  chapter  we  gave
an  illustration  of  the  result  produced  from  an
investment  in  three  British  Trustee  stocks,
viz.  ;  Birmingham  Corporation  Stock,  London
and  North  Western  Railway  Company  Debenture, ­
  and  Southern  Mahratta  Railway  Company
Guaranteed  Stock.  We  there  saw  depicted  a
loss  of  rather  more  than  20  per  cent,  on  the
original  cost  within  a  few  years  from  the  time
        <pb n="25" />
        14

of  purchase.  In  that  case  only  two  out  of  the
three  cardinal  points,  contained  in  the  rule  we
have  just  set  out,  were  followed.  The  capital
was  evenly  divided  over  three  first-class
stocks  ;  the  prices  of  these  stocks  were  identical
in  width  of  fluctuation  ;  hut  they  were  all
subject  to  the  same  market  and  trade  influence ­
  ;  in  other  words,  they  were  all  subject
to  the  general  investment  conditions  obtaining
on  the  London  Stock  Exchange  as  well  as  to
the  general  trade  conditions  ruling  in  Great
Britain  ;  for  all  Trustee  stocks  are  alike  in
this  respect,  that  they  are  almost  solely  held
in  this  country.  This  one  defect  was  sufficient
to  nullify  the  rest  of  the  precautions  which  the
investor  had  taken.
In  this  case  the  loss  was  due  to  the
disregard  of  the  same  essential  to  sound
investment  as  is  neglected  in  all  investments
which  consist  exclusively  of  British  stocks.
And  this  same  defect  is  responsible  for  all
the  losses  which  are  made  in  investments  of
this  type.
Now,  having  detailed  the  dangers  which
assail  capital,  we  will  next  consider  the  risks
attendant  upon  the  safety  and  regularity  of
income.  Income  is  paid  out  of  revenue.  In
the  case  of  Government  and  Corporation  stocks,
revenue  is  derived  from  rates  and  taxes  raised
        <pb n="26" />
        "by  the  borrower  ;  but,  in  the  case  of  stocks  and
shares  of  other  types,  revenue  consists  of  the
nett  income  earned  during  a  given  period.
The  safety  of  revenue  derived  from  rates
and  taxes  is  estimated  from  officially  published
statistics  which  are  accessible  to  all.  The
earnings  of  companies  are  published  in  their
annual  balance-sheets,  copies  of  which  are  also
obtainable  in  most  cases.  In  How  to  Manage
Capital  we  explain  how  investors,  by  means
of  the  statistical  information,  can  appraise  the
income  safety  of  every  investment  almost  at  a
glance,  and  we  will,  for  this  reason,  here  simply
state  the  main  rules  for  estimating  income
probabilities  :—
1.—Income  is  safe  from  Railway  and
Industrial  Debentures  and  Preferences  when
the  Company  has  a  large  surplus  income
remaining  after  satisfying  these  obligations.
The  safety  of  income  derived  from  Government ­
  and  Corporation  Loans  mainly
depends  on  the  political  and  financial
honesty  of  the  individual  Government  or
Corporation,  and  must,  therefore,  be  gauged
by  past  records,  taken  in  conjunction  with
the  budget  and  revenue  returns.  If  a
Government  or  a  Corporation  has  met  all
its  obligations  without  failure  or  delay  for
a  period  of  ten  years  immediately  preceding
        <pb n="27" />
        16

the  date  of  investment  the  income  may  he
regarded  as  safe.
2.—The  safety  of  income  derived  from
Ordinary  stocks  and  shares  depends  upon
the  amount  of  surplus  revenue  remaining
after  satisfying  all  prior  charges  and  paying
a  dividend  on  the  Ordinary  stock.  Such
surplus  is  either  carried  forward  to  the
next  dividend  period  or  credited  to  the
company’s  reserve  fund.
But  when  calculating  the  dividend  probabilities ­
  of  Ordinary  and  Deferred  Ordinary
capital,  which  rank  for  dividend  after  satisfying
all  prior  charges,  it  must  be  remembered  that
such  calculations  are  exceedingly  hazardous
and  partake  somewhat  of  the  nature  of
prophecy.  Some  companies  after  paying
regular  dividends  for  many  years  have  had
their  career  of  prosperity  brought  to  a  sudden
end  through  some  trade  dislocation,  through
some  change  in  the  national  habits  of  life,
through  an  increase  in  competition,  or  through
some  other  event  which  it  was  impossible  to
foresee.  Then,  again,  other  companies  after  a
period  of  barren  years,  during  which  they
have  not  distributed  any  dividend  among  their
shareholders,  have  suddenly  opened  up  a  new
avenue  of  trade,  and  consequently  have
developed  into  regular  dividend  payers.  But
        <pb n="28" />
        c  2

17

even  in  the  case  of  the  most  prosperous  concerns, ­
  dividends  on  Ordinary  and  Deferred
capital  are  so  wholly  dependent  upon  the  good
or  bad  business  done  by  the  company  that
dividends  derived  from  capital  issues  of  this  sort
are  never  quite  free  from  a  taint  of  speculation.
So  that  investors  who  desire  to  receive  a  safe
and  regular  income  must  eschew  Ordinary  and
Deferred  stocks  entirely,  and  also  every  type
of  prior  charge  which  does  not  show  a  large
surplus  of  revenue  beyond  its  own  individual
dividend  requirements.  There  is  a  large
number  of  stocks  and  shares  known  on  the
London  Stock  Exchange  which  are  so  well
secured  from  an  income  point  of  view  as  to
practically  preclude  the  possibility  of  any
irregularity  or  reduction  in  dividend  payments. ­
  It  is  to  securities  of  this  class  that
every  investor,  who  aims  at  stability  of  income,
should  confine  himself.
It  is,  of  course,  possible  to  average  income
risks  by  splitting  up  the  capital  to  be  invested
amongst  a  number  of  securities  paying  large
dividends  and  by  setting  aside  a  part  of  this
large  income  annually  to  cover  possible  future
contingencies.  This  plan  is  followed  by  many
careful  investors,  who  thus  manage  to  make  a
large  and  fairly  stable  income.
        <pb n="29" />
        CHAPTER  IL

WHAT  INFLUENCES  THE  REALISABLE
VALUE  OF  STOCKS?
In  writing  this  chapter  we  have  assumed  that
the  reader  is  already  acquainted  with  the
various  types  of  stocks  which  are  in  existence,
and  that  he  knows  how  they  respectively  rank
for  dividends  and  how  they  compare  with  one
another  in  soundness  and  desirability.  These
points  we  have  fully  explained  in  How  to
Manage  Capital,  which  is  the  companion
volume  to  the  present  hook,  and  we  need  not
repeat  the  explanation  here.  In  the  previous
chapter  we  showed  that  in  the  selection  of  a
stock  for  investment  the  chief  characteristics
to  be  considered  are  :—
1.  —The  capital  security  which  it  affords.
2.  —Its  income-producing  power.
These  two  questions  have  at  all  times
received  attention  from  all  cautious  investors,
but  their  investigations  have  rarely  extended
beyond  these  two  points.  We  now  intend
to  explain  the  existence  of  a  third  influence,
which  is  even  more  potent  than  the  other
        <pb n="30" />
        19

two,  particularly  in  the  case  of  gilt-edged
and  other  low-yield  stocks,  in  the  control
which  it  exercises  over  the  realisable  value
of  securities.
That  a  third  influence  of  some  sort  does
exist  is  easily  capable  of  demonstration.  Let
us  take  an  irredeemable  Trustee  Debenture  of
an  English  Railway  paying  a  fixed  rate  of
interest.  Here  we  have  an  investment  which
is  so  fully  secured  as  to  capital  and  income
that  its  value  would  be  incapable  of  fluctuation
if  there  were  no  third  influence  to  consider.
For  example,  the  perpetual  4|-  per  cent.
Debenture  of  the  London,  Brighton  &amp;amp;  South
Coast  Railway.
This  Debenture  stock  can  never  be  paid
off  without  the  consent  of  the  Debenture
holders  ;  no  new  capital  charge  can  ever  be
created  to  rank  in  front  of  this  Debenture.
The  Debenture  is  fully  secured  by  mortgage
upon  a  railway  the  total  value  of  which
is  seven  times  larger  than  the  total  of  this
Debenture  issue.  The  Debenture  interest  is
at  the  fixed  rate  of  4J-  per  cent.,  and  the
nett  earnings  of  the  line  are  sufficient  to  pay
this  annual  interest  nearly  seven  times  over.
It  is  obvious,  then,  that  both  capital  safety
and  income  productiveness  admit  of  no  question ­
  in  the  case  of  this  Debenture,  which  can
        <pb n="31" />
        20

neither  be  materially  influenced  nor  its  value
altered  by  the  variations  which  occur  in  the
annual  earnings  of  the  Brighton  Railway
Company.  Were  these  two  points  then  the
only  influences  upon  the  price  of  the  Debenture, ­
  its  quotation  must  remain  permanently
unaltered  year  after  year  ;  whilst,  as  a  matter
of  fact,  £100  nominal  of  the  Loudon,  Brighton
&amp;amp;  South  Coast  Railway  4^  per  cent.  Perpetual
Debenture  possessed  a  realisable  value  of
£180  in  the  year  1896,  and  yet  in  the  year
1904  the  same  quantity  of  the  same  stock
was  worth  no  more  than  £134.  Here,  therefore, ­
  we  have  a  practical  example  of  an
investment  of  a  seemingly  unalterable  quality
depreciating  46  points,  or  one  quarter  of  its
total  value  within  the  period  of  a  few  years.
Neither  is  this  example  in  any  way  an
isolated  one,  for  we  publish  a  chart  in  The
Investment  of  Trust  Funds  showing  how  a
number  of  precisely  similar  securities  depreciated ­
  to  a  like  extent  during  the  same  period.
Not  only  does  this  chart  show  that  the  depreciation ­
  in  these  stocks  was  identical  during  a
period  of  years,  but  it  also  exhibits  with
startling  clearness  that  the  movement  of  each
stock  in  the  group,  during  each  year,  was
reflected  by  the  movements  of  all  the  other
stocks,  and  finally,  of  course,  of  the  whole  group.
        <pb n="32" />
        21

There  is  abundant  and  conclusive  evidence,
therefore,  that  there  was  some  third  force
at  work  altering  the  values  of  these  apparently
unalterable  securities,  and  that  this  force  is
universal  and  equable  in  the  influence  which  it
exercises.  We  have  already  called  this  third
force  the  “  Market  Influence  ”  ;  that  is  to  say,
the  influence  which  is  prevalent  on  the  Stock
Exchange  where  the  securities  are  either
solely,  or  mainly,  dealt  in.  In  fact,  the  force
of  any  market  influence  on  any  stock  may  be
said  to  be  in  direct  proportion  to  the  extent
in  which  the  particular  Stock  Exchange
controls  the  stock.  Thus,  on  Consols,  British
Trustee  Stocks  generally,  and  on  the  majority
of  British  Industrial  Securities,  the  influence
for  the  time  being  prevalent  on  the  London
Stock  Exchange  has  full  force  ;  whereas  on
Argentine  and  other  South  American  issues
it  plays  a  much  smaller  part,  the  influences
prevailing  on  the  Stock  Exchanges  of  the
issuing  countries  themselves,  as  well  as  those
on  the  Paris,  Berlin  and  New  York  Exchanges,
bearing  their  proportionate  share  in  this  third
force  of  the  Market  Influence.  We  will  now
trace  shortly  the  chief  factors  that  cause
variation  in  the  nature  of  this  all-powerful
influence  which  a  large  number  of  investors
have  hitherto  not  sufficiently  appreciated.
        <pb n="33" />
        22

The  dominating  force  which  controls  the
realisable  value  of  all  stocks  and  shares
principally  held  in  any  one  country  is  the
spending  and  saving  power  of  the  people  of
that  country.  The  extent  of  this  spending
and  saving  power,  again,  depends  upon  the
state  of  trade  of  the  country.
The  reason  for  this  is  that  whenever  trade
is  good  the  earnings  of  the  money-saving
classes  exceed  their  immediate  wants  ;  they
therefore  hoard  their  surplus  earnings.  Precisely ­
  as  these  surplus  earnings  increase  with
good  trade,  so  do  they  dwindle  during  periods
of  trade  depression.  Thus  the  saving  power
of  any  nation  entirely  depends  upon  the  productiveness ­
  of  its  trade.  While  trade  continues ­
  to  be  active,  a  large  portion  of  these
surplus  earnings  finds  its  way  back  into  trade,
the  effect  of  which  is  to  further  augment  the
gross  earnings  and  thus  again  add  to  the
savings  ;  and  so  on  the  whole  time  of  the
trade  boom.  As  soon  as  trade  begins  to
slacken,  and  requires  less  capital  to  keep  it
going,  these  accumulated  savings  are  set  free
and  an  investment  outlet  has  to  be  found  for
•  them.
In  addition  to  the  savings  of  traders  there
are  the  savings  of  a  large  number  of  professional ­
  people.  The  amount  of  money  which
        <pb n="34" />
        this  class  is  able  to  put  by  is  influenced,  to  a
predominating  extent,  by  the  state  of  trade
of  the  country  ;  for  the  members  of  this  large
class  are  only  in  a  position  to  invest  part  of
their  earnings  when  the  latter  exceed  their
daily  wants.  To  the  great  majority  this  is
only  the  case  when  trade  is  good  ;  hence  they
seek  an  outlet  for  their  savings  at  a  time
when  the  public  at  large  can  afford  to  be
considerable  spenders.
Nowadays  the  greater  part  of  every  nation’s
savings  is  invested  in  stocks.  It  therefore
follows  that  towards  the  close  of  a  trade
boom  there  arises  a  constant  and  increasing
demand  for  stocks  to  serve  as  receptacles  for
the  nation’s  savings,  whilst  when  trade  is
depressed  for  any  length  of  time  this  demand
for  investments  first  slackens,  then  entirely
ceases,  and  is  finally  succeeded  by  a  small
trickle  of  realisation,  which  increases  in
volume  until  the  next  trade  boom  is  well
in  hand.
In  this  way  the  floating  supply  of  stock
promptly  satisfies  any  few  chance  buyers  who
may  be  about  in  bad  times,  and  then  the
surplus  supply  hangs  over  the  market  and
seriously  depresses  prices.  The  whole  question ­
  simply  resolves  itself  into  one  of  supply
and  demand  ;  so  that  stocks  are  steady  in
        <pb n="35" />
        24

normal  times,  in  active  demand  with  rising
prices  after  a  spell  of  good  trade,  and  in
excessive  supply  with  drooping  prices  after
a  spell  of  bad  trade.
The  country’s  course  of  trade  is,  therefore,
the  dominant  factor  causing  the  variation  in
the  nature  of  the  Market  Influence.  But
there  are  one  or  two  minor  factors  (though
they  are  intimately  associated  with  the  course
of  trade)  which  temporarily  enlarge  the  outlet ­
  for  the  savings  of  the  nation,  and  so
compete  with  the  demand  for  existing  stocks  ;
for  the  demand  for  loans  may  rise  to  such  a
point  that  it  is  more  profitable  to  deposit
with  the  Banks  or  lend  to  traders  than  to
receive  interest  from  stocks.  Thus  the
demand  for  stocks  is  temporarily  delayed.
Furthermore,  there  may  be  a  sudden  increase
in  the  supply  of  stocks,  caused  by  trade
expansion,  over-production,  wars,  and  other
similar  conditions.  If  such  securities  are  issued
to  more  than  the  normal  extent,  the  supply  of
stocks  becomes  greater  than  the  demand,  so
that  in  order  to  compete  successfully  with  older
securities  new  securities  are  offered  below
their  comparative  vaine,  and  the  prices  of  the
existing  stocks  are  thereby  depreciated.
We  have  now  outlined  the  main  factors
which  influence  the  ratio  of  investment
        <pb n="36" />
        25

supply  to  demand  in  any  one  country.  It
will  be  seen  that  they  are  all  factors  which
exercise  an  influence  that  equably  affects  all
the  stocks  of  any  one  country,  yet  which  must,
of  necessity,  differ  in  different  countries.  The
resultant  force  of  these  various  factors  we
have  called  the  “  Market  Influence,”  of  which
the  dominant  factor  is  the  course  of  trade  of
the  country  in  which  the  chief  market  for  the
stock  is  situated.
So  strong  is  this  influence  upon  the
realisable  value  of  stocks  that  it  is  capable
of  entirely  nullifying  the  effect  which  the
individual  improvement  in  a  security  would
otherwise  have  had  upon  its  current  market
price.
This  fact  is  very  strongly  brought  out  in
the  case  of  the  Taff  Vale  Railway  Ordinary
stock.  In  1898  the  average  price  of  this
stock  was  79  and  the  dividend  it  paid  was
l£  per  cent.  ;  in  the  year  1901  the  dividend
had  been  increased  to  3£  per  cent.,  but  the
stock  had  fallen  to  71  ;  again,  by  1904,
the  dividend  had  further  improved  to
3$  per  cent.,  yet  in  this  year  the  price  of
the  stock  touched  68.  Briefly,  as  the  Taff
Yale  Railway  Ordinary  dividend  steadily
increased,  the  price  of  the  stock  steadily
diminished.
        <pb n="37" />
        26

The  reason  of  this  seemingly  contradictory
movement  was  that  the  Taff  Vale  Railway
Ordinary  stock,  being  a  British  security  whose
market  is  entirely  in  this  country,  was  more
dependent  for  its  price  fluctuations  on  the
trading  and  financial  conditions  of  Great
Britain,  and  their  effect  on  the  London  Stock
Exchange,  than  it  was  on  its  own  merits.
The  price  of  Taff  Vale  stock  did  not  therefore ­
  improve  with  its  improving  yield  and  its
enhanced  capital  safety,  hut  simply  followed  in
*  the  wake  of  the  general  investment  conditions
obtaining  on  the  British  Stock.  Exchanges.
This  example  is  not  an  isolated  one,  and
similar  cases  occur  by  no  means  infrequently.
Thus,  Lancashire  &amp;amp;  Yorkshire  Railway
Ordinary  stock  sold  in  1904  as  high  as
111  ;  early  in  1907  its  price  was  101,  yet
the  dividends  paid  on  this  stock  were  as
follows  :  1904,  3f  per  cent.  ;  1905,  3}  per
cent.  ;  1906,  4f  per  cent.  Again,  South
Eastern  Railway  Preferred  Ordinary  stock
received  the  following  dividends  :  1904,  4£
per  cent.  ;  1905,  5  per  cent.  ;  1906,  5¿  per
cent.  ;  whilst  in  1904  the  stock  sold  at  135
and  early  in  1907  at  115.  A  large  number
of  equally  striking  examples  could  be  qtioted.
So  as  to  make  it  additionally  clear  that  it
is  the  Market  Influence  which  mainly  controls
        <pb n="38" />
        m-j  ---
        <pb n="39" />
        ENT  OF  BRITISH  SE

¡i

ited.

Quantities  and  Names
of  Stocks.

'ORA-ON.


Q  £1,200  Nottingham  3%
Stock  (Irredeemable)

.WAY
EB.

(¿y£900  Lon..Til.  d  South.
Rly.  4%  Per.  Db.  Stk.

WAY
D.

(3)  £500  London  d  North-Western
  Rly.Ord.Stk

(8.

©10  Shares
Parr’s  Bank

V-ERIE8.


(ö)  £850  BasSj  Ratcliff  d
G  ret  ton  5%C.  Pf.  Stk.

iLS.

(ß)£600  Grand  Junction
Canal  Ordinary  Stock

1CIAL.

©

100  Ord.  Shs.  Spencer,
Turner  d  Boldero

18-ÍRIAL.


©40  Cum.  Pref.  Shares
Bryant  d  May

NCI  AL
LIST.

©  £1,000  Railway  Investment ­
  Co  Pref.  Stock

£400  BrentfordGasCo.
Consolidated  Stock

R-ANCE


^j)  100  Shares  Guardian
Assurance  Co.

WAYS

(fg)  150  Ord.  Shares  ProvincialTramwaysCo.


tal  Total  Annual  Values-Income  £
        <pb n="40" />
        TYPICAL  PRICE  MOVEMENT  OF  BRITISH  SECURITIES.

Chart  Shewing  Movement  of  Value.

Interests

Value

¡  Repre-1894

  1895  1896  1897  1898  1899

1900  1901  1902  190311904  1905  1906  sented

1893

1400

CORPORATION. ­


/

1350

1300

RAILWAY

=3  DEB.

1250

w

¡RAILWAY
i  ORD.

1200

Z:  i

1  rff-3*



1150

ma

BANKS.

1100

r

is

BREWERIES. ­


1050

m

1000

CANALS

«¡r

950

2i.COM--J
  MERCIAL.

//  :

900

m

Pal

saz

850

INDUSTRIAL ­


trr

ta

800

s=4-'



'i

750

FINANCIAL
TRUST.

.12

:\

tz

3k

700

■LiW

fa

;

GAS.

4^

650

M

v

;

600

INSUR

—f—N

USANCE. ­



EE3

550

'  V

8)  TRAMa
  WAYS.

500

ta  ad

10,226(10,475  [11.456  [12.702  [13.128

[12,727  12.21411,672

11,12710,90210.48710.08910.282

10,252

&amp;lt;  we-Quantities

  and  Names  !|  Table  Shewing  Annual  Income.  —
of  Stocks.  .  1893  1894|l895|l896jl897ll898ll899|l900|l90l|l902  19031004  1905)19^.

©  £1,200  Nottingham  3%
Stock  (Irredeemable)

(gj£900  Lon.,  Til.  &amp;amp;  South.
Rly.  4%  Per.  Db.  Stk.

©  £500  London  &amp;amp;  North-Western
  Rly.Ord.Stk.

(4)10  Shares
Parr’s  Bank  ..

£
36

£
36

36

27

36

31

38

(5)  £850  Bass,  Ratcliff  &amp;amp;'|
Gretton  5%  C.  Pf.  Stk.ii  42

©£600  Grand  Junction
Canal  Ordinary  Stock

©100  Ord.  Shs.  Spencer,
Turner  &amp;amp;  Boldero  .

(8^40  Cum.  Pref.  Shares
Bryant  &amp;amp;  May

(9)£1,000  Railway  Investment ­
  Co.  Pref.  Stock

©  £400  Brentford  Gas  Co.
Consolidated  Stock

(jj)  100  Shares  Guardian
Assurance  Co.

©150  Ord.  Shares  ProvincialTramwaysCo.

¡¡Capital—Total  Annual  Values-Income  £

24

35

32

37

46

38

£
36

36

32

38

42

24

35

32

40

42

24

35

35

40

46  48

37  ¡37  42

30  30  45

£  £  £ ££££££
36  36  36  36  36  36  36  36.36

£  £
36  36

36  36  36  36  36  36  36  36  36

35  35  35  35  32  27  30  29  29

38

42

24

40

35

40

48

45

60

38

42

24

40

35

40

48

38  40  40

42  42

24  24

40  45

35

40

30

40

48

40

60

42

60

420  ¡427  453  479

474

1476

48

42

40

42

24  24

40

30

40

40  40

42  42

36  !  36
31  ¡31$

40

24  18

42
—
18

40  30  25

28

40

39

28  ,28  28

40  40

40

48

42

67

485

42

67

477

48  48  48

42

67

469

42

45

451

42

45

48

42

45

434

429

40  40

42  42

18

25
28

40

18

50

45

52

443

453
        <pb n="41" />
        27

the  prices  of  all  large  and  representative
stocks,  we  append  a  chart  showing  the  pricemovements
  of  twelve  representative  British
stocks  from  the  year  1893  down  to  the  end
of  1906,  the  last  year  for  which  completed
annual  figures  are  available  at  the  time  of
writing.
In  this  chart  the  horizontal  straight  lines
denote  the  £50  intervals  in  the  price  levels  of
stocks  and  the  vertical  straight  lines  mark  off
the  yearly  periods.  The  zigzag  lines  are  a
faithful  pictorial  presentment  of  the  pricemovements
  of  the  individual  stocks.
In  order  to  keep  the  zigzag  price  lines
at  reasonable  intervals  apart  and  within
the  limits  of  the  chart,  we  have  so  arranged
the  quantities  of  the  stocks  that  the  range
of  prices  commences  at  intervals  between
£500  and  £1,200.  It  is,  of  course,  obvious
that  the  quantity  of  stock  dealt  with  does
not  alter  the  relative  movement  of  the
lines.  Beyond  this,  the  chart  has  been  left
to  tell  its  own  story  ;  and  the  reader  who
scans  the  names  of  the  securities  we  have
chosen  before  he  addresses  himself  to  the
study  of  the  respective  price-movements,  will
admit  that  a  more  varied  selection  of  stocks
could  not  be  found  amongst  all  the  British
stocks  habitually  dealt  in.
        <pb n="42" />
        28

The  reader  can  easily  translate  into  figures
the  price-movements  depicted  on  the  chart,
by  means  of  the  horizontal  price  lines.  These
annual  average  value  figures  have  been  added
up,  and  their  totals  displayed  at  the  foot
of  the  chart.  By  this  means  the  chart  not
only  pictorially  illustrates  the  various  pricemovements,
  but  it  also  gives  the  several  total
annual  values  of  all  the  stocks  depicted,  year
by  year,  at  their  respective  average  prices.
The  typical  British  stock,  of  course,  is
London  &amp;amp;  North  Western  Railway  Ordinary.
This  starts  at  the  price  of  164—almost  in
the  middle  of  the  chart  —  gradually  rises
to  204  in  the  years  1896-1897,  and  then
equally  gradually  declines,  until  it  records
150|-  as  its  lowest  quotation  in  the  year
1904.  It  will  be  noticed  that  the  tendency
of  nearly  all  the  stocks  included  in  the  chart
is  to  slavishly  follow  the  same  direction
as  that  marked  out  by  North  Western  Railway
Ordinary,  both  in  their  upward  and  their
downward  movements.  Here  and  there  in  the
chart  an  occasional  short  deviation  occurs
in  a  few  of  the  zigzag  price  lines.  These
deviations  are  due  to  an  exceptional  individual
increase  or  decrease  in  capital  safety  or
dividend  productiveness  on  the  part  of  that
particular  stock.  But  it  is  curious  to  notice
        <pb n="43" />
        29

bow  quickly  these  individual  movements
exhaust  their  force  and  how  rapidly  the
deviating  stock  once  more  swings  into  line
with  the  general  movement  which  controls  the
whole  chart.
For  .example,  take  the  year  1904-1905.  It
is  wonderful  with  what  unanimity  nearly  all
the  stocks  show  an  upward  move  in  that  year,
following  on  the  long  monotony  of  falls  in  the
preceding  seven  or  eight  years.  The  only
substantial  exceptions  are  Bass,  Ratcliffe  Preference, ­
  and  Spencer,  Turner  &amp;amp;  Boldero.  If
we  consider  these  two  stocks  for  a  moment,  we
at  once  recognise  the  reason  for  their  distinct
price-movements.  The  former  was  subject  to
a  special  influence  in  the  state  of  the  legislative ­
  and  temperance  movement,  which  is
putting  all  Brewery  investments  in  Great
Britain  under  a  shadow.  The  reason  for  the
movement  in  Spencer,  Turner  &amp;amp;  Boldero  is  at
mice  seen  by  a  reference  to  the  dividend  table,
wherein  we  discover  that  from  1903  to  1905
there  is  a  drop  of  £15  in  the  dividend  paid  by
that  company.
In  1905-1906  there  is  a  somewhat  hesitating
tendency  ;  indeed,  a  very  similar  state  of
affairs  exists  to  that  indicated  by  the  chart
iu  the  year  1896-1897,  just  prior  to  the
continuous  fall.
        <pb n="44" />
        80

It  will  also  be  noticed  that  the  increase  in
value  does  not  correspond  with  the  increase
in  income.  At  the  commencement  of  the  chart
in  1893  the  average  yield  was  about  4  per  cent,
per  annum.  Between  1893  and  1897  there  was
an  increase  in  value  of  £2,902,  but  the
dividends  had  only  increased  by  £54,  which
was  at  the  rate  of  under  2  per  cent,  per
annum  on  the  increased  value.  In  1895  and
1906  the  income  was  exactly  the  same,
viz.,  £453,  yet  the  capital  value  in  the  latter
year  was  reduced  by  £1,204,  or  over
10  per  cent.  Again,  in  spite  of  an  increase
in  dividend  of  £10  in  1906  as  compared  with
1905,  yet  the  capital  actually  decreased  in
value.
Indeed,  the  more  closely  this  chart  is
studied  the  more  apparent  becomes  the  overwhelming ­
  influence  of  British  trade  and  flnance
on  Home  securities.
The  great  lesson  to  be  learnt  from  the
chart  is  the  hopelessly  mistaken  belief  of  a
great  many  investors  who  hold  a  mixed  assortment ­
  of  British  stocks  that  the  increased
prosperity  of  a  portion  of  their  Investment
List  may  be  relied  upon  to  counterbalance  any
dwindling  of  value  and  dividends  amongst  the
other  portion  of  their  holdings.  That  any
counterpoise  of  this  sort  is  ever  to  be  derived
        <pb n="45" />
        393
        <pb n="46" />
        TYPlíiTAIN,
ICA,  AF

I,—GREAT  BRITAIN  (General  Investments).

Class  of  Stock.
©  ELECTRIC  RLY
©  INDUSTRIAL
©  BREWERY
©  GAS
©  INSURANCE
©  RAILWAY
©  CANAL
©  SANK

140
130
120
110
100
90
80
70
60

Price  Movement  During

1901

I

I""

1895

I  !  I'

II,'.

X

©■

-&amp;lt;  D

nt  During

I2£5oi

19(00«

I  1  .

I

120

y;.6

110

100

■ÿ”

Names  of  Stocks.—  (i)  Liverpool  Overhead  Railway  4%  Deb.  ;  (2)  J.  &amp;amp;  P.  Coa^jj  Shares-  fi.w
6%  Cum.  Pref.;  (3)  Bass,  Ratcliff  &amp;amp;  Gretton  5%  Cum.  Pref  ;  (4)  Brentford  G;b ur  Railiayfit«
Consolidated  Stock;  (5)  Guardian  Assurance  Company;  (6)  London  &amp;amp;  Nortß ankverein  .
Western  Railway  Company  Consolidated  Stock;  (7)  Grand  Junction  Can;
Original  Shares  ;  (8)  Parr’s  Bank  Shares.

II.—GREAT  BRITAIN  (Trustee  Stocks).
Geographical
Position.
©ENGLAND
©  INDIA
©ENGLAND
©INDIA.
©GT^  BRITAIN
©NATAL

Price  Movement  During

° f  *  During

1899

I".,

1901

i  n  V

I'-'  -

■

I  "  ''

18  '

1897

U  1902

100

160

150

150

140

M0

T

i  -.i,

130

120

120

6"

no

110

100  '

1

©NEW^  ZEALAND
©CANADA

®

DO  .

NOTE.—Thl»  Chari  la  copied  from  "The  Investment  of  Trust  Funds
I  I  by  the  »»me  Author  |

Names  of
(2)  Southern
(4)  India
(8)  Canada  3%

Stocks.—(1)  London  &amp;amp;  North  Western  Railway  4%  Preference,  ,  T
.  Sta&amp;amp;ffirs',  fei«
        <pb n="47" />
        TYPICAL  PRICE  MOVEMENT  OF  THE  REPRESENTATIVE  STOCKS  OF  GREAT  BRITAIN,  FRANCE,  GERMANY,  SWITZERLAND,  BELGIUM,  CANADA,  JAPAN,
UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA,  ARGENTINA.

I—GREAT  BRITAIN  (General  Investments).

FRANCE.

GERMANY.

SWITZERLAND.

BELGIUM.

Price  Movement  During

STOCK  1895  1896  1  897  1898  1899  1900  1901  1902  1903  1904  1905  1906  stock

14'

1

13'

G'

I  y,

120

no

110

100

Class  of  Stock.
©  ELECTRIC  RLY
©  INDUSTRIAL
©  BREWERY
©  GAS
©  INSURANCE
©  RAILWAY
©  CANAL
®  SANK

Names  of  Stocks.—(iJ  Liverpool  Overhead  Railway  4%  Deb.;  (2)  J.  &amp;amp;  P.  Coats
6%  Cum.  Pref.;  (3)  Bass,  Ratcliff  &amp;amp;  Gretton  5%  Cum.  Pref  ;  (4)  Brentford  Gas
Consolidated  Stock;  (5)  Guardian  Assurance  Company;  (6)  London  &amp;amp;  North
Western  Railway  Company  Consolidated  Stock;  (7)  Grand  Junction  Canal
Original  Shares  ;  (8)  Parr’s  Bank  Shares.

Price  Movement  Du

Class  of  Stock.

STOCK  1895  1896  1897  1898  1899  1900  1901  1902  1903  1904  1905  1906  stock

©  STEEL
©  ELECTRICITY

580

580

570

570

■Í

$

©  DOCKS
©  TRAMS
©  RAILWAY

5(.'

560

■3

■O')

550

I:

54  ■

540

530

530

LÈJ  MUNICIPAL
©GAS  &amp;amp;  WATER

520

520

IT

INDUSTRIAL

510

510

X".

500

Names  of  Stocks—(i)  Aciéries  de  France;  (2)  Thomson  Houston  (procédés);
(3)  Docks  du  Havre;  (4)  Lyon  Omnibus  &amp;amp;  Tramway  Company;  (5)  Lyon  5%;
(6)  Ville  de  Besançon  ;  (7)  Gaz  et  Eaux  ;  (8)  Soc.  Lyonn.  de  Teinture  Apprêt  et
Gaufrage.

Price  Movement  During

STOCK,  I  1895  1  8961  1897  1898  1899  19001  1901  1902  1903¡  Í9ÒTT905  fiÖflVoCK

Class  of  Stock.

©  BANK
©  GAS

150

--a

150

I

135

Î’

120

RAILWAY

120

105

©  BANK
©  MINE

105

.1?

d

BANK

©  INDUSTRIAL

©  BUILDING

Names  of  Stocks.—ii)  Frankfort  Mortgage  Bank  Shares;  ( 2 )  General  Gas
Companv  of  Magdeburg;  (3)  Lübeck-Biichen-  H  amburg  Railway  ;  (4)  Deutsche
Bank;  (5)  Gelsenkircher  Mine  ;  (6)  Schaafhausen  Bankverein  ;  (7)  Westphalia
Wireworks  ;  (8)  Passage  Building  Society  of  Berlin.

Class  of  Slock.  8T ",
©  INSURANCE
©  RAILWAY
©  BANK
©  RAILWAY
©  MUNICIPAL
©  GOVERNMENT
©  ELECTRICITY

Names  of  Stocks.—(i)  La  Genevo,«..  \  „  .  .  ,  ...  ,

Price  Movement  During  i  *"£-*
1896  1897  18Q 8  1899  1900  1901  1902  1903  1904  1905  1906  STOCK

i'.-.'"

1090

IK

1060

1060

$

1030

■

tD

1000

1000

\

970

970

91"

&amp;lt;4.)

.4

910

910

880

880

850

850

Class  of  Stock.
©  BANK
©  STEEL
©  COMMERCIAL
©  GAS_
©  CHEMICAL
®  INDUSTRIAL
®  GLASS

Price  Movement  During

STOCK  1895  1  896  1  897  1898  1899  1900  1901  1902  1903  1904  1905  1  906  STOCK

160

145

ï

130

115

-t*-4

  "

100

6

NAMES  of  Stocks.—(i)  Banque  d'Anvers  ;  (2)  Athus  ;  (3)  Société  Immobilière
de  Belgique  ;  (4)  Société  d’Eclairage  du  Bassin  Houiller  de  Mons  ;  (5)  Produits
Chimiques  de  Droogenbosch  ;  (0)  Prayon  ;  (7)  Glaces  de  Charleroi.

Il,—GREAT  BRITAIN  (Trustee  Stocks).

CANADA.

JAPAN.

UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA.

ARGENTINE  REPUBLIC.

Price  Movement  During

value

Geographical
Position.

1895  1896  1  897  1898  1899  1900  1901  1902  1903  1904  1905  1906

©ENGLAND
©  INDIA
©  ENGLAND

K

Ir,.

150

150

140

14'

íz;*

©INDIA.
©GT.  ^BRITAIN
©NATAL
©NEW  ZEALAND
©CANADA

130

i  •/&amp;gt;

120

i  y,

4  -

u

no

no

&amp;lt;L

100

l'.n

This  Chari  is  copied  from  "The  Invest
I  I  I  by  I  he  same  author.

Names  of  Stocks.—(i)  London  &amp;amp;  North  Western  Railway  4%  Preference;
(2)  Southern  Mahratta  4%  Debenture  ;  (3)  Birmingham  Corporation  jly  !
(4)  India  ;  (5)  British  Local  Loans  3%  ;  (6)  Natal  3Í%  ¡  (?)  New  Zealand  ¡U  l
(8)  Canada  3%.

Price  Movement  During

Class  of  Stock

1900  I  1901  11902  1903  1  904  1905  1906

1895  1896  1897  1898  1899

©  BANK

160

160

©  BANK
©  ELECTRICITY

150

150

140

140

I

©  BANK
©  FINANCIAL
©  BANK
©  RAILWAY
©  TRUST

130

130

y  ^

120

120

(P

110

110

100

100

,4

&amp;lt;4

Names  of  Stocks.  -  The  1895  a nd  1896  prices  were  not  obtainable.  (1)  Canadian
P?  u-u° f  Commerce;  (2  The  Ontario  Bank  ;  (3)  Toronto  Electric  Light  Company;
(4)  1  he  Standard  Bank  of  Canada;  (5)  Toronto  Mortgage  Company;  ( 6)  The
Traders  Bank  of  Canada;  (7)  Grand  Trunk  ist  Pref.  ;  (8)  Real  Estate  Loan
Company.

Price  Movement  During

STOCK  1895  1896  1897  1898"  1899  1900  1901  j  1902"I903  fTSoTflMlT  1906

Class  of  Stock.

©  RAILWAY
©  BANK
®  BANK
©  COLLIERY
©  RAILWAY
©  SHIPPING
©  RAILWAY

200

200

180

180

160

160

140

140

3.  •'

120

120

100

100

¿X

Company;  (7)  Kwansai  Railwaj.

Class  of  Stock.

©  ENGINEERING
®  . C i N i L .f  RLY -
©  INDUSTRIAL
©  INDUSTRIAL
©  INSURANCE
©  COAL
©  RAILWAY

Price  Movement  During

1895

i  ....

K  K

1898

IK  i

1905

I  MU.

I

I  K’

280

250

220

190

160

7  'I

I’

130

A  «  K.  »,

100

Names  of  Stocks.-(i)  The  Pullm-,^  r-  T  .  "T  .  .

Class  of  Stock.
©  RAILWAY
©  WATERWORKS
©  GOVERNMENT

©  FINANCIALJRU8T

©  TRAMWAY

Price  Movement  During

STOCK  1895  1896  1897  1898  1899  1900  1901  1902  1903  1904  1905  1906  1  STOCK

100

100

4

6

3

6

Names  of  Stocks.—(i)  Buenos  Ayres  Western  Railway  Ord.  ;  (2)  Buenos  Ayres
5%  Water  Works  Loan  ;  (3)  4^%  Sterling  Loan  1888  ;  (4)  River  Plate  Trust  Loan
&amp;amp;  Agency  Company;  (5)  Anglo-Argentine  Trams  ;  (6)  Argentine  North  Eastern
Railway  Ord.
        <pb n="48" />
        -from  an  all-British  Investment  List  is  an  absolutely ­
  vain  hope.  Yet  this  vain  hope  may  be
said  to  constitute  the  sheet-anchor  upon  which
the  British  investor  relies  to  enable  him  to  ride
out  every  financial  gale  that  blows,  and  this
is  why  the  amount  of  investment-shipwreck
all  round  the  United  Kingdom  is  so  appalling.
Before  he  finally  turns  from  the  contemplation ­
  of  this  chart  we  would  draw  the
reader’s  attention  to  the  fact  that  on  it  is
depicted  every  type  of  English  investment,
and  that  the  individual  history  of  each  of
these  stocks  during  the  period  between  1893
aud  1906  contained  separate  special  events
peculiar  to  that  stock.  But  in  spite  of  the
variety  of  trades  and  interests  represented  in
the  chart,  and  in  spite  of  the  diverse  individual ­
  histories  of  the  several  securities  during
the  period,  all  the  price-movements  are  clearly
indicated  by,  and,  in  the  main,  follow  the
price-movement  of  London  &amp;amp;  North  Western
Ordinary,  and,  where  some  small  individual
deviation  does  take  place,  such  deviation  is
purely  temporary,  and  the  whole  list  of
British  investments  is,  in  fact,  controlled  by
the  course  of  British  trade  and  finance.
And  what  is  true  of  the  securities  of  Great
Britain  is  equally  true  of  the  securities  of
almost  every  other  country.  We  demonstrate
        <pb n="49" />
        82

this  by  the  annexed  charts  of  the  typical  price
movements  of  the  stocks  of  the  following
countries  :—Great  Britain  (two  charts),  France,
Germany,  Switzerland,  Belgium,  Canada,
Japan,  U.S.  of  America,  the  Argentine  Republic.
In  every  instance  a  number  of  representative
stocks  have  been  taken,  and  their  pricemovement
  depicted  upon  the  basis  of  annual
average  values.  Although  some  of  the  charts
appear  slightly  similar  in  movement,  they  are
not  so  in  reality,  as  in  each  instance,  on  account
of  the  widths  of  fluctuation,  a  different  scale
has  had  to  be  adopted.  Thus,  for  instance,  the
charts  of  the  U.S.  America  and  of  Canada  look
somewhat  alike,  yet  a  close  examination  will
show  that  in  the  years  1902-1003  there  was  a
strong  rise  in  Canadian  stocks,  whilst  during
the  same  period  there  was  a  considerable  fall
in  American  stocks.  In  the  same  way  dissimilarities ­
  will  be  discovered  in  every  one  of  the
charts  on  comparing  them  with  each  other,
when  the  difference  in  scale  which  unfortunately ­
  had  to  be  adopted  is  taken  into
consideration.
These  ten  charts  are  ocular  demonstrations
of  the  fact  that  the  prices  of  the  principal
stocks  of  every  country  move  alike,  under
the  dominant  influence  of  the  trading  conditions
of  that  country  ;  so  that  the  foundation  of
        <pb n="50" />
        83

profitable  investment  may  be  said  to  rest
on  the  following  law  :—The  realisable  values  of
all  securities  whose  market  lies  chiefly  in  any
one  country  are  under  the  dominant  influence
of  the  trading  conditions  of  that  country.
We  commenced  this  explanation  by  quoting
the  price-movements  of  the  London,  Brighton
&amp;amp;  South  Coast  Railway  4|  per  Cent.  Perpetual
Debentures,  which  fell  from  180  in  1896  to
134  in  1904,  although  no  alteration  had  taken
place  either  in  the  capital  safety  or  in  the
dividend  productiveness  of  this  security.  The
explanation  of  this  apparently  inexplicable
price-movement  is  now  simple,  and  this  stock’s
serious  depreciation  was  solely  due  to  the
external  influences  obtaining  on  the  London
Stock  Exchange.  These  external  influences
dragged  down  the  price  of  every  English
security,  beginning  with  Consols  and  going
down  to  the  shares  of  industrial  trading
companies.
The  annual  totals  of  the  average  annual
prices  given  at  the  foot  of  the  chart  of  British
securities  give  a  very  complete  picture  of  how
all  investors  who  had  invested  their  capital
solely  in  British  stocks  have  fared  between
1893  and  1906.  These  figures  teach  the  valuable ­
  lesson  that  :—Every  investor  who  'places
his  money  exclusively  in  the  investments  of
D  2
        <pb n="51" />
        34

any  one  country  is  speculating  on  the  future
trading  pi'ofits  of  that  country.
We  also  see,  by  comparing  these  annual
totals  with  the  price-movements  of  individual
stocks  on  the  chart,  that  the  final  result  which
an  investor  will  achieve  by  investing  in  British
stocks  is  practically  unaffected  by  the  number
of  stocks  he  may  select.
Although  the  rule  that  the  price  of  every
stock  is  mainly  controlled  by  the  trading  conditions ­
  of  the  country  in  which  it  is  chiefly
dealt  in  is  universal  in  its  application,  there
are,  of  course,  many  exceptions  to  this  rule.
But  the  exceptions,  although  by  no  means  infrequent, ­
  are  seldom  to  be  met  with  amongst
the  representative  stocks  of  any  country.
There  are  stocks  in  existence  which  so
seldom  change  hands  that  their  quoted  prices
may  be  said  to  solidify  to  an  extent  which
renders  them  insensible  to  the  prevailing
Trade  Influence.  Moreover,  individuals  or
groups  of  individuals  frequently  create  artificial
exceptions  to  this  rule.
We  will  illustrate  our  meaning  by  giving
an  example  of  an  artificially  solidified  stock.
We  have  already  shown  that  British  stocks
started  from  a  low  level  of  prices  in  1893,
steadily  rose  until  1896-7,  and  then  fell  away
again  more  or  less  rapidly.  This  was  the
        <pb n="52" />
        natural  course  of  price-movements,  but  as  will
be  seen  from  the  following  chart  the  Ordinary
stock  of  the  Metropolitan  District  Railway
Company  did  not  follow  the  prevailing  movement ­
  :—

The  reason  for  this  quite  exceptional
course  of  prices  in  the  case  of  the  Metropolitan
District  Ordinary  stock  was  that  a  certain
well-known  syndicate  of  financiers  had  determined, ­
  first  to  obtain  control  of  the  line  by
buying  up  a  sufficient  quantity  of  stock  to
secure  the  majority  of  voting-power,  and  then
to  electrify  the  railway.  The  syndicate,  in  fact,
prevented  the  natural  movement  of  the  stock
by  locking  up  large  blocks  of  it,  and  so
temporarily  removing  it  from  the  influence  of

112

(The  top  figure  indicates  the
average  price,  the  bottom  figure
the  year  in  which  it  ruled).

109  /
1  896/

105  _
1895.

1899

CO

1900  1901

METROPOLITAN  DISTRICT  RLY.
ORD.  STOCK

1903  88
1904
        <pb n="53" />
        36

Supply  and  Demand.*  Similarly,  any  stock  can
be  solidified  by  anyone  who  is  sufficiently  strong
financially  to  absorb  the  whole  floating  supply.
There  are  also  some  stocks  which  are
permanently  solidified  in  this  way  and  which
never  respond  to  trade  influence.  Such
are  stocks  of  local  trading  companies  and
local  gas  and  water  companies,  paying
steady  dividends,  whose  shares  are  in  a  few
private  hands  and  seldom  if  ever  change
hands  outside  the  borders  of  their  own
immediate  locality.
Under  these  conditions  a  stock  naturally
ceases  to  be  liquid,  and  remains  unaffected  by
the  state  of  the  national  trade.
In  selecting  stocks  for  investment  it  is
essential  to  remember  that  it  is  the
geographical  position  of  the  country  which
controls  the  investment  demand  for  the  stock
that  has  to  be  considered,  and  not  only  the
geographical  position  of  the  security  itself.
For  instance,  the  table  which  we  have  given
in  Chapter  I.  of  this  book  includes  the
Southern  Mahratta  Railway  amongst  British
Trustee  stocks.  The  Southern  Mahratta
*  The  late  Mr.  Yerkes  was  the  chief  moving  spirit  of  this
syndicate.  He  died  in  1906.  and  soon  after,  the  influence  of  the
syndicate  being  removed,  Metropolitan  District  Ordinary  fell  from
37^  to  16,  to  which  price  they  would  have  fallen  long  before  had
the  above-named  influence  not  existed.
        <pb n="54" />
        37

Railway  is  geographically  Asiatic,  but  its
guaranteed  stock,  being  a  British  Trustee
investment,  moves  solely  in  sympathy  with
British  trading  and  financial  conditions.
Where  different  countries  are  equally  large
holders  of  particular  stocks,  as,  for  example,
in  the  case  of  certain  South  American  issues,
the  geographical  position  of  the  security  itself
becomes  of  greater  importance.  The  purchases
of  such  stock  caused  by  surplus  profits  derived
from  the  good  trade  of  one  of  the  interested
countries  may  be  neutralised  by  the  sales
caused  by  the  bad  trade  of  another  ;  so  that
the  purchases  or  sales  of  the  issuing  country
itself  exercise  a  greater  influence  than  might
otherwise  be  the  case.  Moreover,  as  a  country
develops  and  increases  in  wealth,  it  is  bound
to  exercise  a  greater  control  over  its  own  stocks
wherever  they  are  held.  For  not  only  does  the
resultant  increased  security  appeal  to  the
foreign  holder,  but  the  investing  public  of  that
country  is  itself  in  a  position  to  extend  the
purchases  of  its  own  stocks.
We  have  now  explained  how  the  course  of
trade  dominates  the  values  of  investments  and
how  this  otherwise  all-powerful  influence  can
be  nullified  by  the  special  conditions  of  a
stock’s  ownership.  The  natural  exceptions  to
the  rule  are  rare,  and  so  great  is  the  financial
        <pb n="55" />
        88

strength  requisite  to  create  artificial  exceptions
that  an  investor  can  afford  practically  to  disregard ­
  them.
However,  should  it  ever  happen  that  one  of
our  readers  finds  that  some  stock  held  by  him
is  moving  irrespective  of  the  general  trend  of
all  other  prices  controlled  by  the  same  financial
centre,  he  ought  to  bestir  himself  forthwith  to
make  enquiries  into  the  cause  of  this  special
movement,  with  a  view  to  disposing  of  this
particular  security  if  the  reason  for  the  unusual
price-movement  does  not  meet  with  his  approval.
Although  the  course  of  the  country’s  trade
dominates  the  value  of  stocks,  it  is  an  external
influence  which  need  not  necessarily  affect  the
individual  working  of  the  enterprises  themselves. ­
  The  internal  influences  which  affect
the  actual  prosperity  of  a  particular  investment
have  to  be  carefully  considered  by  investors,  as
they  are  a  considerable  factor  in  improving
or  impairing  the  dividend-earning  powers  of
the  stock.
The  dangers  entailed  by  internal  causes
are  to  be  dreaded  because  their  effects  are  so
peculiarly  apt  to  be  permanent.  For  instance,
mismanagement  may  so  completely  cripple  a
company  as  to  make  its  liquidation  or  its  reconstruction ­
  inevitable.  Or,  again,  the  increase
of  trading  competition  may  so  reduce  the  profits
        <pb n="56" />
        89

of  any  industry  as  permanently  to  extinguish
a  company’s  dividend-earning  capacity.
But,  on  the  other  hand,  although  these  internal ­
  influences  are  apt  to  he  so  permanently
disastrous  in  their  effects,  it  seldom,  if  ever,
happens  that  the  holders  do  not  receive
ample  warning  of  the  malady  from  which
their  stock  is  suffering.  Whether  trade  is
passing  into  the  hands  of  competitors,  or
whether  mismanagement  is  reducing  the  company’s ­
  assets,  or  whether  death  or  retirement
has  removed  the  chief  organising  brain  upon
which  the  company  relied  for  its  prosperity
in  times  past,  it  is  impossible  for  these  events
to  occur  without  notice  of  them  being  given
in  the  reports  and  balance-sheets  issued  to
shareholders.
Public  companies  and  nations  do  not
suddenly  drop  down  dead  from  financial  heart
disease  ;  but,  rather,  a  slow  mortification  sets
in,  and  the  investor  who  has  the  nerve  and
the  courage  to  amputate  promptly  may
generally  escape  with  no  more  than  the  loss  of
a  limb.  Budgets  and  balance-sheets  constantly
convey  warnings  to  investors,  and  if  they  do
not  disregard  them,  they  may,  by  facing  their
first  comparatively  small  loss,  succeed  in
getting  out  of  an  undesirable  »investment
without  waiting  for  the  final  catastrophe.
        <pb n="57" />
        40

For  these  reasons,  no  investment  should  be
purchased  without  due  consideration  of  the
company’s  balance-sheets  and  position.
A  close  valuation  of  a  company’s  affairs  is
much  less  complicated  than  many  imagine,  and
whenever  any  difficulty  is  experienced  in  this
respect  it  can  always  be  easily  cleared  up  by
consulting  a  competent  financial  adviser.
We  have  now  established  the  fact  that
external  causes  give  the  keynote  to  the  pricemovements
  of  almost  all  solidly  founded  and
well  established  investments,  and  that  internal
causes  only  modify  this  main  controlling
force  in  exceptional  cases.
Another  glance  at  the  charts  of  pricemovements,
  which  we  publish  earlier  in  this
chapter,  will  indicate  that  the  relative  strengths
of  external  and  internal  causes  in  the  case
of  sound  investments  may  be  respectively
expressed  by  the  ratio  of  4  to  1.  This
ratio  only  applies  to  investments  where  intrinsic ­
  safety  is  capable  of  clear  demonstration
at  the  time  of  purchase,  as  it  is,  of  course,
patent  that  new  and  untried  ventures  have
first  of  all  to  find  their  right  price  level.
During  the  period  when  a  new  concern
is  moving  erratically  in  search  of  its  proper
orbit  of  fluctuation,  it  is  obvious  that  internal
influences,  such  as  altering  capital  safety,
        <pb n="58" />
        41

management  and  dividend-earning  power,  will
mainly  determine  the  course  which  it  will  take.
So  soon,  however,  as*  an  investment  has  settled
down  in  its  proper  sphere,  external  influences
will  prove  to  be  its  main  controlling  force.
In  the  same  manner  as  a  new  stock  has
thus  to  pass  through  a  period  of  financial
infancy,  so  have  the  stocks  in  a  country  which
suddenly  adopts  the  unfamiliar  workings  of
the  system  of  Joint  Stock  enterprise.
When  Joint  Stock  Companies  were  introduced ­
  into  England,  the  newly  created  stocks
and  shares  developed  the  most  extraordinary
and  erratic  price-movements,  which  resulted  in
a  final  crash,  historically  known  as  the  bursting
of  the  South  Sea  Bubble  ;  although  the  South
Sea  Company  was  only  one  of  the  hundreds  of
concerns  which  simultaneously  collapsed  at
that  time.  A  similarly  baseless  wave  of
inflation,  though  on  a  much  more  modest  scale,
was  recently  observable  in  Japan  when  the
Joint  Stock  principle  was  introduced  into  that
country  in  1890.  Indeed,  it  was  only  in  the
year  1899,  after  nine  years’  experience  of  Stock
Exchange  fluctuation,  that  a  normal  course  of
price-movement  began  to  display  itself  in
Japanese  stocks.
A  representative  specimen  of  the  indiscriminate ­
  fluctuations  which  were  at  first
        <pb n="59" />
        42

displayed  by  Japanese  stocks  is  furnished
by  the  shares  of  the  Tokyo  Tramway  Company. ­
  The  face  value  of  these  shares  is
50  yen  apiece.  They  rose  from  43|  yen  to  the
enormous  price  of  405  yen  between  1892  and
1896.  From  this  point  they  steadily  continued
to  shrink  in  value,  until  in  1904  they  were
quoted  at  65  yen.  The  feat  of  a  Tramway
Ordinary  share  rising  over  800  per  cent,  could
only  be  possible  in  a  country  where  the  working
of  Joint  Stock  enterprise  was  but  dimly  understood. ­
  As  the  general  movement  of  some  of  the
principal  Japanese  stocks  is  rather  curious,
we  here  illustrate  them  in  the  form  of  a  chart.

JAPANESE  PRICE-MOVEMENTS,

Names  of  Slocks.

Price  Movement  During

189211893  1894  1835  1396  1897  1898  1899  1900  1901  1302  1903  1904

(J)  Hokkaido  Rly.  Comp.
Ord  Share*

©  Tokyo  City  Bond*  6%

(D  Imp.  61  Con*.  Loan

©  Yokohama  Specie
Bank  Ord.  Shares

(6)  Bank  of  Japan  Ord.
Shares

©  Japan  Rly  Co.  Or
Shares  ....

©  Kwansal  Rly.
Ord.  Shares

©  Japan  Steamship  C
Ord.  Shares

©  Kyûshü  Rly.  Co.  On
Shares  ....

©  Osaka  Steamship  Co.
Ord.  Shares

©  Sanyo  Rly.  Co.  Or
Shares  ....

©  Tokyo  Tramway
Ord.  Shares
        <pb n="60" />
        43

This  chart  will  serve  the  double  purpose  of
showing  that  neither  in  new  countries  nor  in
untried  issues  is  it  possible  to  absolutely  rely
on  any  theory  as  to  price-movements.  It  will
also  be  seen  from  this  chart  that  the  solid
fixed  Income  stocks  like  Tokyo  City  Bonds
and  Imperial  5  per  Cent.  Consolidated  Loan
indicate  the  movement,  but  that  the  speculative ­
  ventures,  the  scope  of  which  is  not
fully  understood  by  the  public,  do  not  follow
it,  but  mark  out  price-movements  of  their
own.  In  spite  of  the  stocks  following  a
speculative  course  of  their  own,  irrespective
of  the  course  of  national  trade,  there  is  an
undeniable  general  tendency  among  all  of
them  to  move  together.
We  have  now  established  the  fact  that
it  is  impossible  for  any  investor  safely  to
invest  his  capital  in  any  one  country.  It  is
true  that  by  limiting  his  investment  area  to
small  local  stocks  an  investor  might  succeed
in  purchasing  a  number  of  securities  which
were  free  from  the  fluctuations  due  to  trade
influence.  But  stocks  of  this  stamp  are
attended  by  all  the  grave  drawbacks  of
companies  which  are  managed  by  a  small
clique.  The  shareholders  are  either  friends  or
others  with  common  business  interests.  Lor
example,  if  a  company  be  created  to  carry  on
        <pb n="61" />
        44

the  business  of  a  local  hotel,  you  will  find  the
grocer  who  supplies  the  bacon,  the  butcher
who  supplies  the  meat,  the  wine  merchant  who
supplies  the  wine,  and  so  on,  are  shareholders
in  the  company.  Owing  to  lack  of  competition
for  the  contracts,  the  result  naturally  is  that
the  hotel  is  carried  on  at  great  expense,  and  the
shareholders  suffer  in  consequence.  This
matters  little  or  nothing  to  the  interested
shareholders  who  continue  to  make  large
profits  by  their  contracts  ;  but  it  hardly  conduces ­
  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  disinterested
investor.  Indeed,  such  a  form  of  investment
is  scarcely  less  dangerous  than  confining  the
capital  to  be  invested  to  one  country,  and
so  speculating  on  that  country’s  future  trading
prosperity.
In  the  next  chapter  we  shall  discuss  a
practical  scheme  whereby  an  investor  may  so
widely  distribute  his  investments  over  the
world’s  area  as  to  endow  his  capital  with
the  maximum  stability  of  value.
        <pb n="62" />
        CHAPTER  ILE

THE  GEOGRAPHICAL  DISTRIBUTION  OF
CAPITAL.
A  study  of  the  published  official  trade  reports
of  all  civilised  nations  proves  that  the  world’s
trade,  if  taken  as  a  whole,  is  constantly
expanding.  Indeed,  the  mere  fact  that  the
world’s  population  continues  to  increase  steadily
renders  a  corresponding  expansion  of  the
world’s  trade  inevitable.  Statistics  also  prove
that  two  countries  which  are  under  different
Governments  and  geographically  distinct  from
each  other  will  generally  differ  widely  in  their
respective  trade  activity.  Thus,  locally,  trade
may  suffer  periodical  depression,  but  the  trade
of  the  whole  world  is  perpetually  growing.
The  fact  that,  whilst  the  world’s  trade  is
constantly  expanding,  the  share  of  each
separate  nation  in  it  is  constantly  altering  is
the  fundamental  principle  of  pur  geographical
method  of  equalising  investment  risks.  As  the
proof  of  this  fact  is  of  necessity  the  work  of  a
statistician,  Mr.  Holt  Schooling  has  been  asked
to  independently  investigate  this  subject.
        <pb n="63" />
        i

16

His  conclusions  have  appeared  in  the  April,
1907,  number  of  the  Financial  Review  of
Reviews  ;  they  have  since  then  been  published
in  the  Popular  Financial  Booklet  XXI.,  which
Booklet  has  been  reprinted  and  appended  to  this
book.
It  follows  that  if  an  investor  widely  distributes ­
  his  capital  over  the  earth’s  surface,  local
depression  in  one  quarter  will  be  counterbalanced ­
  by  the  local  trade  activity  in  another
quarter.  Further,  it  also  follows,  if  an
investor’s  capital  is  sufficiently  large  to  enable
him  to  purchase  investments  representative  of
every  trading  centre  in  the  world,  that  the
world’s  perpetual  trade  expansion  will  automatically ­
  tend  to  increase  the  realisable
capital  value  of  his  investments  year  by  year.
Moreover,  as  the  tendency  of  the  younger
countries  is  to  increase  their  proportion  of
the  world’s  trade,  so  their  credit  necessarily
tends  to  appreciate  also  ;  with  the  result  that
the  representative  stocks  of  those  countries
must  show  a  special  tendency  to  rise  in
value.
By  way  of  giving  an  illustration,  proving
the  practical  value  of  the  above  conclusions,
we  have  prepared  a  chart  covering  the  same
period,  and  in  construction  identical  with  the
charts  given  in  the  last  chapter,  but  depicting
        <pb n="64" />
        ING  DIFFERE

¡es  and  Names
Stocks.

London  &amp;amp;  Northern ­
  Ord.  Stock  .

3  Cañad.  Pac.  Ry.
&amp;gt;f.  StMNon-Cm.)

rd.  Shs.  Deutsche
;  (Berlin)

£
37;

44

48

’d.  “B”  Shares
il  Sardinian  Rly-Shares

  Bombay
Company

3  Egyptian  Delta
lly.  4%  Deb.  Stk.

52

58

ares  Illinois  Cen-R
  ai  I  road  Com....

Mexican  Railway
^erp.  Deb.  Stock

44

3  Buenos  Ayres
n.  Rly.  Ord.  Stk.

45

42

m.  Pf.  Shs.  Direct
iish  Telegraph...

60

Values—Income  £

65

49£
        <pb n="65" />
        INDIVIDUAL  PRICE  MOVEMENTS  OF  10  STOCKS  COVERING  DIFFERENT  GEOGRAPHICAL  DIVISIONS.

Geo-Chart

  Shewing  Movement  of  Value.

\  alue

graphical

1893  1894  1895  1896  1897  1898  1899  1900  1901  1902  1903  1904  1905  1906  Division

I  1600

BRITISH.

—7

1500

13=3

BRITISH

COLONIES.

1400

3  =

1350

EUROPE,
NORTH

1300

EUROPE,
SOUTH

1250

X

/

1200

ASIA.

1150

I0

1100

AFRICA.

1050

i;

AMERICA

NORTH

1000

»

AMERICA,
CENTRAL.

950

900

AMERICA,
SOUTH

850

800

INTERNATIONAL. ­


10,242  jl  0,667  ¡11,243

10.160

11,50111

11,60911,61311,811

,522

11,674  11,42411,621

12,325112,405

Quantities  and  Names
of  Stocks.

£  £  £  £
Western  Ord.  Stock  ..j  37$  44  44$  50

Table  Shewing  Annual  Income.
1893  1894  1895  1896  1897  1~898  1899  1900  1901  1902  1903  il  904.1905  1906

£700  London  &amp;amp;  North-£


50

£  £  £  £  £  £  £  £
50  i  50  44  38  42  41  40  42§

£
44*

(2)  £1  100  Cañad.  Pac.  Ry.
4%  Pf.  Stk.  (Non-Cm.){!  44  44
(g)  120  Ord.  Shs.  Deutsche
Bank  (Berlin)  ||  48  ¡54
0  90  Ord.  “B”  Shares
Royal  Sardinian  Rly.

180  Shares  Bombay
^  Gas  Company

44  44  44  44  44  44  44  44  44  44  44

®  £1,100  Egyptian  Delta
Lt.  Rly.  4%  Deb.  Stk.
45  Shares  Illinois  Cen
tral  Railroad  Com....

® £700  Mexican  Railway
6%  Perp.  Deb.  Stock
®  £1,000  Buenos  Ayres
W-strn.  Rly.  Ord.  Stk.il  60

130  Cm.  Pf.  Shs.  Direct
Spanish  Telegraph...

Capital—Total  Annual  Values—Income  £
-t  W  ^  ^

60  60  60

63  66  66

66  66  60

54  54

54  54  56

52

56  56

56  68$  58$

58$  58$

54

54  54

58$

58$

58$

58$

58$

63  63

44  44

44

44

44

44  44

44  44  44  44

44  44

45  45  ,45

45  ¡45  54  ¡54  !54

45

45

54

54

63

42  42

42

42  42

42

42

42  42

42

4  2

42

42

60

55

60

40  60

60

60  60

70

70

70

70

65  65  65

65

65  65

65  65

65  65

65

65

65

65

523  518

495  1503  '512

501  524  534  J  528  ¡532  ¡535  546  i  5641  566
        <pb n="66" />
        E

47

the  price-movements  of  a  number  of  investments, ­
  every  one  of  which  belongs  to  a  different
country  and  is  subject  to  a  different  trade
influence.  A  very  cursory  glance  at  this  chart
will  immediately  establish  the  practical  benefits
which  an  investor  derives  from  a  wide  geographical ­
  distribution  of  investment  risks.
In  this  chart  the  horizontal  straight  lines
denote  the  intervals  in  the  price  levels  of
stocks,  and  the  vertical  straight  lines  mark
off  the  yearly  periods  ;  the  zig-zag  lines  are
a  faithful  pictorial  presentment  of  the  price
movements  of  individual  stocks.
For  the  sake  of  convenience  the  respective
quantities  of  the  stocks  have  been  adjusted,
where  necessary,  in  such  a  manner  as  to  keep
the  size  of  the  chart  within  reasonable  limits.
This  variation  in  the  quantities  of  the  stocks,
however,  does  not  alter  the  relative  positions
of  the  price  lines  to  each  other.
In  order  to  make  the  picture  as  little  tiring
to  the  eye  as  possible  and  to  keep  the  zigzag
lines  at  reasonable  intervals  apart,  we  have
also  so  arranged  the  quantities  of  the  stocks
that  the  price  lines  commence  at  fairly  regular
intervals  between  £875  and  £1,190.  Beyond
this,  the  chart  has  been  left  to  tell  its  own
story  ;  and  the  reader  who  scans  the  names  of
the  geographical  divisions  represented  and
        <pb n="67" />
        48

the  names  of  the  securities  depicted  before
he  addresses  himself  to  the  study  of  the
respective  price-movements,  will  admit  that
the  chart  fairly  embraces  the  investment  areas
of  the  whole  world,  as  far  as  the  limited
number  of  stocks  included  permits  of  this.
The  reader  can  easily  translate  into  figures
the  price-movements  depicted  on  the  chart
by  means  of  the  horizontal  price  lines.  These
represent  the  annual  average  values,  and
their  totals  are  displayed  at  the  foot  of
the  chart.  By  this  means  the  chart  not
only  pictorially  illustrates  the  various  pricemovements,
  but  it  also  gives  the  several  total
annual  values  of  all  the  stocks,  depicted,  year
by  year,  at  their  respective  average  prices.
The  chart  comprises  stocks  situated  in
the  following  geographical  divisions  :—Great
Britain,  London  and  North  Western  Railway
Ordinary  Stock  ;  British  Colonies,  Canadian
Pacific  Railway  Four  per  Cent.  Preference
Stock  ;  Europe  North,  Deutsche  Bank  (Berlin)
Ordinary  Shares  ;  Europe  South,  Royal
Sardinian  Railway  B  Shares  ;  Asia,  Bombay
Gas  Company  Shares  ;  Africa,  Egyptian  Delta
Railway  Four  per  Cent.  Debentures  ;  America
North,  Illinois  Central  Railway  Common  ;
America  Central,  Mexican  Railway  Six  per
Cent.  Debenture  Stock  ;  America  South,
        <pb n="68" />
        E  2

49

Buenos  Ayres  Western  Railway  Ordinary;
General  International  Investments,  Direct
Spanish  Telegraph  Preference  Shares.  The
price-movements  of  all  the  stocks  on  the
chart  show  that  no  two  of  them  display
similar  fluctuations  throughout  the  whole
period.  Here  and  there,  but  during  different
years,  there  is  a  curious  temporary  parallel  of
movement  between  some  of  the  stocks  ;  but  the
very  fact  that  these  seemingly  sympathetic
tendencies  affected  different  stocks  at  different
times  only  tends  to  preserve  the  Capital  stability
of  the  whole  list  during  the  various  years  which
we  have  illustrated.
The  representative  British  security  in  this
chart  is  the  London  and  North  Western
Railway  Ordinary  stock,  and  this  stock,  being
influenced  by  British  trade,  is  of  course
similar  in  price-movement  to  the  stocks
depicted  on  the  chart  of  all-British  stocks  which
we  have  already  given  in  the  preceding  chapter.
It  is  significant  to  see  how  entirely  all  the  rest
of  the  Geographically  Distributed  stocks  differ
in  their  price-movements  from  the  British
stock.  It  is  this  individuality  of  movement  on
the  part  of  each  security,  included  in  a  welldistributed
  Investment  List,  which  ensures  the
first  great  essential  of  successful  investment,
namely,  Capital  Stability.
        <pb n="69" />
        50

The  whole  appearance  of  the  International
Chart,  in  fact,  cleaily  demonstrates  that  as  the
trade  prosperity  of  each  country  differs  from
that  of  all  other  countries,  so  the  price  movements ­
  of  the  stocks  in  each  country  differ  from
those  of  all  other  countries.
The  secondary  point  which  at  the  outset
of  this  chapter  we  proposed  to  establish  was
that  in  consequence  of  the  perpetual  growth
of  the  world’s  population  there  was  a  correspondingly ­
  perpetual  expansion  of  the  world’s
trade.  Now,  we  have  already  shown  that
Trade  Prosperity  has  a  very  great  influence  on
Stock  Exchange  values,  so  it  follows  that,  if
the  world’s  trade  does  expand  as  we  have
maintained  that  it  does,  then  the  realisable
value  of  an  International  Investment  List  will
also,  at  reasonable  intervals,  show  a  tendency
towards  expansion.  The  expansion  of  realisable ­
  value  in  the  list  of  securities  given  in  our
example  is  to  be  found  in  the  several  annual
totals  at  the  foot  of  the  chart.  In  1893  the
realisable  value  was  £10,160,  and  it  gradually
rose  to  £12,405  in  1906.
In  Chapter  II.  we  have  shown  that  all  the
representative  stocks  of  one  country  constitute
the  same  investment  risk,  and  that,  therefore,
an  Investment  List  entirely  composed  of  stocks
of  any  one  country  is  unsafe.  We  have  now,
        <pb n="70" />
        BY  THE
es  of  387
bution,  into
as  been  ta

:ks  OF  NO

'“'V

1902

IS  (OTHER  r
LLUE  OF  £4

T3

:ed  without  pe
        <pb n="71" />
        price-movements  of  the  stock  exchange  values  given  by  the  bankers’  magazine.
For  the  past  ten  years  (1897-1906)  the  Bankers’  Magazine  has  published  the  aggregate  values  of  387  representative  securities,  divided  into  groups.  These
groups  are  here  arranged,  as  far  as  this  was  possible,  on  the  principle  of  Geographical  Distribution,  into  two  sections,  the  top  section  representing  the  British
Stocks,  the  bottom  section  the  Stocks  of  other  countries.  The  value  at  the  end  of  each  year  has  been  taken  as  the  means  of  determining  the  direction  of  the
zig-zag  price-movement  lines  of  each  group.

Nominal
Value
(in  thousands).

£
800,194
36,379
213,007
171,118
128,803
7,342

£
119,916
100,335
157,329
65,944
22,880

CLASS  OF  STOCKS.
BRITISH:
(A)  Government.
(B)  Corporation.
(C)  Railways,  Ord.
(D)  Railways,  Deb.
1  H
(E)  Railways,  Pref.
®  Gas.

PRICK  MOVEMENT  OF  BRITISH  STOCKS  OF  KryvrTNAL  VALUE  OF  £1,356,843,000.

1904

1901

1903

1897.

1900.

1905.

1902.

1898

1899

1906

\  i

X*

\

tiu

&amp;lt;8

4--f-





2^

©  BRITISH  COLONIES
*  »  »  ••••••#  m  %
@  EUROPE
®  AMERICA,  NORTH.

PRICE  MOVEMENT  OF  STOCKS  (OTHER  THAN  BRITISH)  OF  THE
NOMINAL  VALUE  OF  £&amp;lt;166,404.000.

©  AMERICA,  SOUTH.
©  international.

%

©

TD

©-cxJi



Reprinted  from  The  Financial  Review  of  Reviews.  The  above  Chart  is  copyright,  and  may  not  be  reproduced  without  permission  of  the  Publishers  of  The  Financial  Review

of  Reviews.
        <pb n="72" />
        in  the  International  Chart,  grouped  together
the  price-movements  of  the  stocks,  each  of
which  is  subject  to  a  different  trade  influence,
and  as  a  result  it  is  seen  that  :—
If  an  investor  divides  his  capital  equally
among  a  number  of  stocks,  every  one  of  which
is  under  a  different  trade  influence,  then  each
of  these  divisions  of  his  capital  will  constitute
a  distinct  investment  risk,  and  a  true  system
of  averaging  investment  risks  is  thereby
established.
The  charts  depicting  price  movements,
hitherto  given  in  this  book,  have  displayed
in  every  instance  the  fluctuations  of  the  individual ­
  stocks  only.  In  order  to  show  that,
when  groups  of  stocks  are  taken,  and  when
charts  are  prepared  depicting  the  price  movements ­
  of  these  groups,  the  results  obtained  are
similar  to  those  from  individual  stocks,  we
here  reproduce  a  chart  which  appeared  in
the  Financial  Review  of  Reviews  for  June,
1907.  This  chart  was  prepared  from  the
aggregate-value  figures  of  387  representative
securities  published  in  the  Bankers'  Magazine
month  by  month.  The  groups  given  by  the
Bankers'  Magazine  were  divided  into  two
sections.  The  upper  section  represents  groups
of  purely  British  securities,  and  the  lower
section  represents  groups  of  stocks  situated
        <pb n="73" />
        52

outside  of  Great  Britain,  each  group  of  which
is  subject  to  a  different  trade  and  market  influence. ­
  The  result  shown  is  identical  with
the  results  obtained  in  the  former  charts  given
in  this  book.  Although  we  are  here  dealing
with  groups  of  stocks  representing  hundreds
of  millions  of  capital  value,  the  British  groups
move  slavishly  together,  whilst  every  one  of
the  non-British  groups  displays  an  individual
movement  of  its  own.  So  that  the  wholesale
movements  of  a  large  bulk  of  securities  and
the  individual  movements  of  a  single  stock
are  identical  in  their  results.  In  fact,  the
figures  from  the  Bankers’  Magazine  show
in  the  upper  chart  how  unsafe  from  a  capital
point  of  view  is  an  investment  which  is  subject ­
  to  the  trade  or  market  influence  of  a
single  country  ;  whilst  in  the  lower  chart
an  investment  in  which  capital  is  geographically ­
  divided,  displays  a  true  balance  between
the  rises  and  falls  in  value.
This  exhausts  the  chief  noteworthy  points
in  the  International  Investment  Chart,  and  we
will  now  proceed  to  discuss  the  features  of
this  chart  in  comparison  with  those  of  the
all-British  Chart  which  is  to  be  found  facing
page  27.  To  begin  with  it  should  be  noticed
that  the  stocks  comprising  the  International
List  are  on  average  inferior  in  quality  to  those
        <pb n="74" />
        58

contained  in  the  all-British  List.  Their
inferiority  is  attested  by  the  fact  that  their
average  annual  widths  of  fluctuation  are
greater  than  the  widths  of  fluctuation  in
the  all-British  List.  In  a  similar  International
List,  but  composed  exclusively  of  higher  grade
securities  which  we  publish  in  Chapter  V.  of
this  book,  the  maximum  capital  variation
during  a  period  of  ten  years  is  very  slight.
As  the  aim  of  that  chart  is  to  show  how
funds  can  be  invested  with  the  greatest  safety
both  of  Capital  and  Income,  we  naturally
chose  stocks  of  a  higher  grade  than  we  have
done  here,  where  our  object  is  to  show  how
widely  different  are  the  price-movements  of
stocks  of  various  nationalities.  But  by
selecting  stocks  of  great  width  of  fluctuation
for  the  International  List  exhibited  in  this
chapter,  we  are  now  in  a  position  to
show  by  comparison  with  the  all-British  List
that  the  Geograjjhical  Distribution  of  Capital
collectively  endows  an  Investment  List,
consisting  of  individually  inferior  stocks,  with
greater  Capital  Stability  than  is  possessed  by
an  Investment  List  composed  of  higher-grade
stocks,  all  influenced  by  the  same  investment
risk.  So  that
An  investor  who  geographically  distributes
his  capital  can,  with  safely,  afford  to  hold  stocks
        <pb n="75" />
        54

which  yield  a  larger  income  than  he  can  hope  to
receive  from  an  Investment  List  which  disregards
the  important  point  of  GeographicalDistribution.
Before  proceeding  further  with  the  question
of  how  far  it  is  prudent  to  attempt  to  employ
Geographical  Distribution  as  a  means  of  enhancing ­
  income,  let  us  re-affirm  our  opinion  that
capital  safety  should  always  be  an  investor’s
first  consideration.  But,  unfortunately,  this
life  is  prolific  of  circumstances  under  which
counsels  of  perfection  are  of  no  practical  utility.
For  example,  let  us  suppose  the  case  of
a  professional  man  with  rapidly  increasing
family  responsibilities,  and  a  slowly  growing
professional  income  which  is  supplemented
by  the  interest  yielded  by  his  private  fortune
of  £4,000.  To  a  man  so  placed,  who  roundly
asserts  that  £240  per  annum  is  the  minimum
income  from  his  private  means  upon  which
he  can  make  both  ends  meet,  it  is  useless  to
advance  the  perfect  theory  of  investment.
Circumstances  compel  him  to  seek  a  yield  of
6  per  cent.,  and,  under  the  circumstances,  his
financial  adviser  can  only  put  him  in  the  way
of  securing  this  income  with  safety.
In  cases  of  this  description  a  most  carefully
prepared  International  Investment  List  will
prove  the  greatest  of  boons  ;  for  the  stocks,
displayed  on  a  chart  given  in  Chapter  V.,
        <pb n="76" />
        56

yield  about  7  per  cent,  upon  the  capital
invested,  and  yet  offer  collectively  a  very
fair  amount  of  capital  safety.
Referring  again  to  the  all-British  Chart
given  in  Chapter  II.  and  the  International
Chart  given  in  this  chapter,  we  show,  at  the
foot  of  these  two  charts,  the  total  annual
values  and  annual  income  of  the  all-British
and  the  International  Investments  which  they
respectively  illustrate.  We  here  reproduce
them  in  tabular  form,  as  a  close  study  of  these
figures  proves  various  important  points.

Year.

1893
1894
1895
1890
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1900

Capital  Value.

All-British
List.

£
10,220
10,475
11,450
12,702
13,128
12,727
12,214
11,072
11,127
10,902
10,487
10,089
10,282
10,252

International
List.

£
10,101
10.242
10,007
11.243
11,009
11,013
11,811
11,501
11,522
11,074
11,424
11,021
12,325
12,405

Annual  Income.

All-British  Intema-List.
  tional  List.

£
420
427
453
479
474
470
485
477
470
451
434
429
443
453

£
495
503
512
523
518
501
524
534
528
532
535
540
504
500

This  table  shows  :  —
1.—The  capital  value  at  starting  is
almost  identical  in  both  lists,  but  the
International  List  produces  18  per  cent.
        <pb n="77" />
        56
more  income  than  the  all-British  List  from
the  very  commencement.
2.—The  all-British  List  improves  in
value  during  the  first  five  years  by  £2,902,
but  this  improvement  gradually  disappears
again  and  in  1906  the  value  is  substantially ­
  the  same  as  it  was  in  1893.
The  International  List  rises  in  value  but
gradually  ;  this  rise,  however,  is  maintained, ­
  and  a  final  increase  in  value  of
£2,245  is  recorded.
Another  very  important  point  in  favour  of
the  Geographical  Distribution  of  Capital  is  that  :
No  set  of  circumstances  could  cause  all  the
stocks  in  a  Geographically  Distributed  Investment ­
  List  to  show  a  simultaneous  depreciation
below  cost  price.
This  is  an  advantage  which  an  all-British
Investment  List  does  not  afford  its  owner.
For  an  investor  who  stakes  his  Capital  Stability
on  the  trade  prosperity  of  one  country  frequently ­
  finds  that  every  stock  in  his  possession
is  quoted  below  “  cost.”  Now,  nearly  every
investor  desires  at  times  to  realise  some  part
of  his  invested  capital,  and  to  be  able  to  do
so  only  at  a  loss  is  disastrous.  It  is,  therefore,
well  to  remember  that  an  investor  who  confines ­
  himself  to  the  stocks  of  one  country
may  and  must  find  himself  at  times  in  this
        <pb n="78" />
        57

predicament  ;  whilst  with  a  Geographically
Distributed  Investment  List  an  investor  does  not,
and  cannot,  find  himself  so  disadvantageously
placed.
To  the  speculator,  of  course,  as  well  as  to
the  investor,  the  advantages  of  Geographical
Distribution  open  a  very  wide  vista  ;  here,
however,  we  are  only  concerned  with  the
welfare  of  the  investor.  A  properly  distributed ­
  Geographical  Investment  List  is  the
first  and  only  practical  investment  scheme
which  has  ever  been  placed  before  the
public.  With  the  aid  of  Geographical
Distribution,  safety  of  investment  in  stocks
and  shares  is  reduced  to  a  mathematical
problem,  which  is  solved  by  means  of  a
simple  set  formula,  which  never  varies.
To  carry  out  the  construction  of  an  Investment ­
  List,  in  accordance  with  the  system  of
Geographical  Distribution,  is  a  matter  in
which  the  investor  will  be  glad  of  some
assistance.  In  order  to  meet  his  requirements, ­
  the  publishers  of  this  book  also  publish
an  Investor's  Year  Book,  in  which  all  the
stocks  included  therein  are  classified  geographically, ­
  their  width  of  fluctuation  is  tabulated,
and  the  past  history  of  their  respective
dividend-earnings  and  yields  is  clearly  set
forth.  When  an  investor  has  once  got  his
        <pb n="79" />
        Investment  List  into  order,  they  further  assist
him  to  keep  in  close  touch  with  his  actual
investment  position  by  means  of  Harley’s
Investor's  Account  Book,  which  is  based  upon
the  system  of  the  Geographical  Distribution
of  Capital,  and  is  so  arranged  and  ruled  that
the  investor  never  loses  sight  of  this  great
essential  to  profitable  investment.
To  many  of  our  readers  the  whole  idea  of
the  Geographical  Distribution  of  Capital  is,  of
course,  new,  because  this  important  financial
discovery  was  only  recently  made  by  us.
Having  originated  the  idea,  we  have  personally ­
  reduced  to  practical  working  shape  a
system  which  every  prudent  investor  should,
after  satisfactory  perusal,  forthwith  apply  to
his  own  Investment  List.
        <pb n="80" />
        CHAPTER  IV.

WHY  GEOGRAPHICAL  DISTRIBUTION
PROTECTS  BOTH  CAPITAL  AND  INCOME.
By  means  of  the  examples  already  given  in
this  book  we  have  clearly  established  the  fact
that  every  individual  purchase  of  stock  is
strongly  tinged  with  the  element  of  speculation, ­
  and  that  this  speculative  element  cannot
be  eliminated  from  any  isolated  purchase  or
from  any  individual  holding,  for  it  is  impossible
to  predict  the  exact  future  of  any  individual
stock.
It  is  true  that  a  close  investigation  of  the
inherent  safety  and  value  of  a  particular
security  may  serve  as  a  most  useful  and,
indeed,  a  very  necessary  guide  to  future  probabilities. ­
  But  probabilities  are  by  no  means
certainties,  and  anyone  who  pronounces  this
or  that  investment  to  be  a  practical  certainty
should  be  regarded  with  distrust  by  all  prudent
investors.
It  would,  perhaps,  be  impossible  to  find  a
more  convincing  example  of  the  slender
foundation  upon  which  all  investment  certainties ­
  rest  than  is  furnished  by  Consols.
        <pb n="81" />
        Who,  for  instance,  would  have  believed,  in
1897,  when  Consols  were  114,  that  in  seven
years’  time  they  would  have  fallen  to  85  ?  Or,
again,  who  would  have  calculated  on  any
statistical  basis  that  Canadian  Pacific  Railway
Common  stock  would  rise  from  35  to  182
within  the  space  of  ten  years,  or  that  Atchison,
Topeka  and  Santa  Fé  Railway  Ordinary  would
rise  from  $9  to  $91  during  the  same  period  ?
Whether  in  adversity  or  in  prosperity,  the
future  of  any  given  investment  must  always
remain  a  matter  of  considerable  speculation.
No  doubt  there  exists  a  large  body  of  investors ­
  who,  by  shutting  their  eyes  to  obvious
facts,  endeavour  to  deny  that  the  element  of
speculation  enters  in  any  way  into  the  act  of
investment.  Such  wilful  perversity,  however,
is  only  a  fruitful  cause  of  disastrous  capital
losses.  Investors  of  this  type  will  be  heard  to
assert  that,  having  bought  none  but  the  safest
of  stocks,  their  capital  must  be  secure.  Further,
they  argue  that,  so  long  as  their  income  remains
undiminished,  they  can  afford  to  let  the  realisable ­
  value  of  their  capital  take  care  of  itself.
But  although  such  specious  arguments  may
seem  indefinitely  to  postpone  the  day  of
reckoning,  yet  sooner  or  later  the  actual
situation  will  have  to  be  faced,  and  no  investor
can  afford  to  delude  himself  with  the  idea  that
        <pb n="82" />
        capital  safety  and  the  realisable  value  of  his
investments  are  matters  which  can  be  disregarded ­
  with  impunity.
But,  it  may  well  be  asked,  if  every  purchase
of  stock  is  a  speculation,  what  should  the
investor  do  who  desires  entirely  to  eschew
speculation  ?  The  answer  to  this  question  is
that  precisely  as  a  carefully-studied  system  of
averages  eliminates  all  taint  of  gambling  from
a  sound  system  of  insurance  business,  so  a
sound  system  of  averages,  based  upon  the
Geographical  Distribution  of  Capital,  should
reduce  to  a  minimum  the  taint  of  speculation
from  the  act  of  investment.
From  their  very  nature,  insurance  and
investment  are  both  highly  speculative  transactions, ­
  which  can  only  be  raised  to  the  dignity
of  solid  business  by  a  carefully  studied  system
of  averages.
We  have  already  shown  that  the  realisable
value  of  all  important  and  intrinsically  sound
stocks  is  dominantly  influenced  by  the  trading
conditions  of  the  particular  country  in  which
they  are  principally  held  and  dealt  in,  and
that  the  trade  of  every  country  moves  in
cycles  of  prosperity,  followed  by  cycles  of
adversity.
Further,  we  have  shown  that  the  course  of
trade  of  countries  which  are  under  different
        <pb n="83" />
        62

governments,  and  are  geographically  situated
widely  apart,  will  nearly  always  differ  in
activity  at  any  given  moment.
Lastly,  we  have  shown  that  the  trade  of  the
world,  considered  as  a  whole,  is  constantly
increasing,  and  that  a  decline  in  the  trade  of
any  one  country  simply  means  the  transfer  of
it  to  another  country,  and  not  a  loss  of  trade.
These  three  facts  taken  conjointly  and
utilised  as  the  basis  upon  which  the  fluctuations
of  investment  values  should  he  averaged,  constitute ­
  the  practical  means  of  freeing  the  act  of
investment  from  the  taint  of  speculation.  Their
application  resolves  itself  into  the  Geographical
Distribution  of  Capital.  Let  us  take  the
important  points  of  this  system  of  investment ­
  seriatim,  and  explain  their  individual
importance  :—
1.—The  Speculative  Element  Reduced  to  a
Minimum.—Although  it  is  impossible  to
predict  the  future  of  any  single  investment, ­
  it  is  possible  to  predict  the  result
of  distributing  invested  capital  amongst
a  number  of  different  investments  which
embrace  the  world’s  area.  We  have
already  seen  that  the  value  of  all  sound
investments  is  dominated  by  the  trade
of  the  country  to  which  they  belong,  and
similarly  the  total  value  of  a  number  of
        <pb n="84" />
        investments  which  cover  the  world’s  area
depends  largely  upon  the  world’s  trade.
The  trade  of  the  world,  considered  as  a
whole,  however,  is  not  subject  to  alternating
cycles  of  boom  and  depression,  but  is  constantly ­
  expanding.
Similarly,  the  total  value  of  an  Investment ­
  List  comprising  stocks  which  practically ­
  cover  the  world’s  area  in  their
geographical  distribution  must  have  a
tendency  to  appreciate  in  value.  It  is  the
constant  growth  of  the  world’s  trade  which
reduces  to  a  minimum  the  element  of
speculation  from  the  future  of  a  'welldistributed
  Investment  List.
A  proper  system  of  Investment  Averages
established.  In  order  to  maintain  the
average  realisable  total  value  of  an  Investment ­
  List,  it  is  necessary  that  the  depreciation ­
  in  value  of  some  of  the  stocks
comprised  therein  should  be  counter-*
balanced  by  an  appreciation  in  the  value  of
others.  A  sound  investment  scheme  is  the
result  of  an  accurately  balanced  system  of
poise  and  counterpoise.  But  the  central
idea  of  counterpoise  is  altogether  lost  sight
of  when  the  choice  of  stocks  is  made
indiscriminately,  without  due  regard  to  the
probable  extent  of  their  future  movements,
        <pb n="85" />
        or,  worse  still,  when  the  area  of  investment
is  largely  or  wholly  restricted  to  the  stocks
of  one  country.  For  this  latter  method
of  investment  absolutely  precludes  the
possibility  of  any  sort  of  counterpoise.
On  the  other  hand,  by  adopting  a  worldwide ­
  scheme  of  Geographically  Distributing
Capital,  the  system  of  poise  and  counterpoise ­
  is  assured,  because  no  two  stocks
controlled  by  the  course  of  trade  of  two
different  countries  ever  move  absolutely
alike.  Furthermore,  the  resulting  average
of  such  a  system  must  be  in  favour  of  the
investor  who  adopts  it,  because  the  total
average  value  of  his  holding  depends  to  a
very  great  extent  upon  the  trade  of  the
whole  world,  which  is  constantly  growing.
So  that,  if  taken  over  a  reasonably  long
period,  the  rise  in  the  value  of  the  appreciating ­
  stocks  comprised  in  an  Investment
List  so  constituted  must  inevitably  exceed
the  fall  in  the  value  of  those  stocks  which
have  depreciated.
3.—Income  and  Capital  Safety  increased.  The
yield  obtainable  from  representative  investments ­
  depends  entirely  upon  the  value  of
credit  in  the  countries  in  which  they  are
principally  held.  The  richer  the  country
the  smaller  is  the  yield  upon  its  stocky
        <pb n="86" />
        65

For  instance,  Consols  yield  under  3  per
cent.,  and  British  Railway  Debentures
about  3J  per  cent.  ;  whereas,  the  yield
from  French  Stocks  of  similar  class  is
slightly  higher  in  both  cases.  Again,  in
other  parts  of  Europe,  and  the  United  States,
Railway  Debentures  yield  yearly  4  per
cent.  ;  whilst  South  American,  African,
Japanese  and  Chinese  investments  of  this
type  yield  considerably  more  than  that
rate.  In  similar  proportion  in  each
country  the  yield  from  all  other  classes
of  stocks  moves  in  a  progressive  ratio,
which  is  in  inverse  proportion  to  the
country’s  accumulated  wealth.  Therefore,
an  investor  who  confines  bis  investments
to  the  stocks  of  one  country,  thereby  limits
the  yield  from  his  invested  capital  to  the
ratio  of  yield  of  that  particular  country.
But  if  he  geographically  distributes  his
invested  capital,  he  receives  the  average
rate  of  yield  which  rules  the  world  over.
It  is  almost  unnecessary  to  say  that  this
average  rate  is  considerably  larger  than
the  rate  obtainable  from  British  stocks
of  the  same  class.  Thus,  at  the  time  of
writing,  whilst  a  list  of  British  investments
of  good  medium  class  would  yield,  say
about  4£  per  cent.,  a  list  of  in  every
F  %
        <pb n="87" />
        66

way  equally  safe  investments  of  wide
geographical  distribution  would  yield
about  5  per  cent.  In  fact,  without  in
any  way  diminishing  the  individual  safety
of  the  investments  held,  the  yield  from  a
Geographically  Distributed  Investment  List
must  always  be  materially  larger  than  the
yield  from  an  all-British  Investment  List.
A  glance  at  the  all-British  Chart  of  pricemovements
  and  income  yield,  and  at  the
Geographically  Distributed  Chart  and  income
yield  given  in  this  book,  will  confirm  the
three  contentions  which  we  have  advanced
above.
In  addition  to  the  points  which  we
have  already  enumerated,  there  is  another
important  contingency  which  can  only  be
guarded  against  by  adopting  the  principles
of  a  world-wide  Geographical  Distribution  of
Capital.  This  contingency  is  the  permanent
depreciation  which  may  possibly  overtake
some  portion  of  any  capital  sum  invested.
For,  no  matter  how  carefully  investments  may
be  chosen  at  the  outset,  it  is  quite  impossible
to  guard  against  a  certain  percentage  of
the  stocks  selected  failing  to  realise  the
reasonable  expectations  formed  concerning
their  future.  Truly  this  percentage  of  the
        <pb n="88" />
        67

unsatisfactory  may,  by  careful  selection  and
attention,  be  reduced  to  a  minimum,  but  so
long  as  the  world  continues  it  will  be  necessary
to  reckon  upon  a  certain  amount  of  disappointment ­
  in  every  effort  made  to  precisely  calculate
the  future.  This  being  the  case,  it  is  clear  that
if  an  investor  is  to  preserve  his  Capital  intact,
he  must  form  a  Reserve  Fund  to  provide  for
the  contingency  of  disappointment.
On  examining  any  of  the  Geographically
Distributed  Charts  given  in  this  book,  it
will  be  seen  that  many  handsome  profits
which  are  at  one  time  displayed  by  individual ­
  investments  are  swept  away  again
later  on  by  the  inexorable  tidal  movement  of
Stock  Exchange  values.
The  constant  recurrence  of  this  phenomenon
will  naturally  lead  the  investor  to  enquire
whether  it  is  absolutely  essential  to  the  scheme
of  Geographical  Distribution  that  a  handsome
accrued  profit  should  never  be  converted  into
cash,  but  should  be  thus  left  at  the  mercy  of  the
backward  movement,  which  the  charts  will  have
convinced  him  is  certain  to  ensue.
The  answer  to  this  enquiry  is  that  the  rises
which  occur  should  be  utilised  for  forming  a
Reserve  Fund  ;  and,  with  a  Geographically  Distributed ­
  Investment  List,  it  is  always  possible
to  realise  accrued  profits  without  disturbing
        <pb n="89" />
        68

the  counterpoise  of  the  Investment  List  ;  for,
however  numerous  are  the  countries  over  which
an  investor  has  geographically  distributed  his
capital,  there  are  always  other  countries
available  whose  trade  interests  stand  contrasted ­
  with  those  of  the  countries  in  which
he  has  already  invested.  As  it  is  the
differences  in  trade  which  are  the  main  cause
for  the  rise  and  fall  in  the  value  of  the
individual  stocks,  the  system  of  poise  and
counterpoise  will  still  be  maintained  if  the
proceeds  of  the  stock  realised  be  invested  in  a
country  which  has  not  already  been  selected,  but
whose  stocks  stand  at  a  temporary  depreciation.
If,  therefore,  a  stock  which  shows  a  considerable ­
  profit  is  realised,  and  the  proceeds  invested ­
  in  a  stock  of  another  country  yielding
a  higher  rate  of  interest,  but  whose  price  is
below  its  normal  value,  the  advantageously
acquired  new  purchase  should,  in  its  turn,  at
no  distant  date,  display  a  similar  profit  to
that  already  secured.
When  a  geographically  distributed  Investment ­
  List  is  judiciously  managed  in  this
fashion,  it  becomes  practically  certain  that  the
realisation  of  one  profit  will  tend  to  the  future
accumulation  of  another  pivfit.
The  investor  will  now  begin  to  perceive
that  one  of  the  main  advantages  offered  by  a
        <pb n="90" />
        69

world-wide  distribution  of  capital  consists  of
the  opportunities  which  this  system  presents  :—
1.  Of  realising  an  accrued  profit-  in  one
or  more  geographical  divisions.
2.  Of  purchasing  or  of  averaging  depreciated ­
  investments  in  another  geographical
division  with  the  capital  so  realised,  and
with  the  accrued  profit  so  secured.
3.  Of  materially  increasing  the  capital
value  of  the  whole  Investment  List  by  thus
making  a  profit,  which  has  already  been
secured,  act  as  a  stepping-stone  to  another
future  profit  on  an  unduly  depreciated
security,  which  is  purchased  with  the  proceeds ­
  of  the  stock  sold.
.  It  may  occur  to  a  thoughtful  investor  that
the  system  of  securing  accrued  profits,  advocated ­
  above,  would  necessitate  his  investing
his  capital  in  more  or  less  speculative  stocks
of  great  width  of  fluctuation.  But  a  glance  at
any  one  of  our  charts  will  satisfy  the  reader  that  •
extensive  upward  and  downward  movements  are
by  no  means  confined  to  speculative  securities,
for  we  find  that  a  Trustee  investment  like
Nottingham  Corporation  Stock  in  the  all-British
  Chart  has  fluctuated  to  the  extent  of
31  points,  whilst  a  more  speculative  stock
like  Illinois  Central  Railway  Common  Stock
in  the  International  Chart  has  only  fluctuated
        <pb n="91" />
        70

to  a  similar  extent.  These  facts  show  that
the  system  of  securing  accrued  profits  and  of
re-investing  the  proceeds  of  the  stock  thus
sold  in  some  other  temporarily  depreciated
security,  can  be  followed  alike  by  investors
holding  the  choicest  securities  and  by  those
who  select  the  more  speculative  stocks.
How  large  are  the  profits  to  be  made  by  an
investor  who  follows  this  plan  may  be  gathered
from  the  price  -  movements  given  on  the
Geographically  Distributed  Chart.  It  will  be
noticed  that  the  stocks  therein  depicted  frequently ­
  rise  15  points  in  two  years,  and  that
on  an  average  quite  a  third  of  them  do  this
during  the  period.  To  speculators,  of  course,
the  above  briefly  sketched  plan  offers  a  wealth
of  possibilities,  but  we  are  not  here  interested
in  any  speculative  questions.
By  this  time  we  trust  that  we  have  clearly
established  the  advantages  of  Geographical
Distribution.  But  it  is  important  to  remember
that  in  order  to  secure  the  benefits  of  this
system  it  is  necessary  to  apply  to  it  a
thorough  grasp  of  Stock  Exchange  markets,
combined  with  an  intimate  knowledge  of
Political  Geography.  There  are  many  intricacies ­
  attached  to  the  fact  that  so  many  stocks
are  situated  in  one  country  but  have  to  be
treated  as  belonging  to  another  country,  because
        <pb n="92" />
        71

it  happens  that  the  bulk  of  the  capital  is  held
in  that  other  ;  for  example  :  the  Debentures  of
the  Russian  Petroleum  &amp;amp;  Liquid  Fuel  Company ­
  move  in  sympathy  with  Consols  and  the
rest  of  the  London  Market,  rather  than  with
the  Government  Loans  of  Russia,  and  so  does
the  Frank  Jones  Brewing  Company,  although
the  brewery  is  situated  in  the  United  States.
Difficulties  of  this  type  tend  to  render  a  competent ­
  financial  guide  almost  an  essential  to
the  satisfactory  working  of  the  system  of
Geographical  Distribution,  and  to  the  production ­
  of  the  material  advantages  which  result
from  the  proper  application  of  its  principles.
        <pb n="93" />
        ÄÖCii

umm

CHAPTER  V.

THE  PRACTICAL  CONSTRUCTION  OF
INVESTMENT  SCHEMES.
To  most  investors  it  will  prove  quite  a  novel
idea  that  any  necessity  exists  for  an  Investment ­
  Scheme,  and  that  such  a  scheme  requires
construction.
With  the  exception  of  the  managers  of
Banks,  Insurance  and  Finance  companies,  and
perhaps  a  few  isolated  large  private  investors,
the  investing  public  have  always  looked  upon
investment  as  a  haphazard  business,  in  which
luck  was  the  main  factor.  Whenever  money
was  to  be  invested  the  pros  and  cons  of  this
and  that  security  were  considered  mostly
without  any  reference  to  the  investments
already  held,  and  without  weighing  anything
except  the  safety  and  yield  of  the  proposed
purchase.  This  is  the  one  and  only  reason
why  so  few  investors  are  permanently  successful ­
  in  their  operations.
In  the  preceding  chapters  we  have
explained  the  necessity  of  considering  all
investments  held  as  one  harmonious  whole,
        <pb n="94" />
        of  which  all  the  component  parts  must  properly ­
  balance  each  other,  and  that  both  in
quantity  and  quality  all  the  various  stocks
held  must  be  on  a  near  approach  to  equality.
We  have  further  endeavoured  to  show,  unless  a
contemplated  new  purchase  proves  on  investigation ­
  to  blend  satisfactorily  with  the  stocks
already  held,  it  is  dangerous  to  combine  it
with  them  in  the  same  Investment  Scheme.
Here  we  will  describe  the  fundamental
principles  which  should  guide  investors  in
the  construction  of  Investment  Schemes.  In
pursuance  of  this  idea,  we  will  first  assume
that  the  investor  starts  without  any  stocks
in  hand.  Then,  when  we  have  exhaustively
treated  of  the  construction  of  an  Investment
Scheme,  we  will  in  the  succeeding  chapter
deal  separately  with  the  treatment  of
stocks  in  hand,  and  show  how  an  existing
Investment  List  should  be  placed  on  a  sound
foundation.
First  of  all  the  investor  should  make  up
his  mind  what  results  he  desires  to  obtain.
Almost  any  reasonable  result  is  procurable,
provided  that  the  means  most  likely  to
produce  the  desired  end  are  employed.  To
illustrate  clearly  what  we  mean  we  will  outline
and  discuss  a  few  of  the  typical  and  most
frequently  recurring  objects  of  investment.
        <pb n="95" />
        74

I.  Maximum  Capital  and  Income  Safety
coupled  with  the  minimum  amount  of  personal
trouble  to  the  investor.
An  investor  who  desires  a  moderate  income,
coupled  with  great  capital  security,  and  who
does  not  wish  to  attend  to  his  investments
more  than  is  absolutely  necessary,  should
minimise  the  number  of  stocks  in  which  he
invests  as  far  as  is  compatible  with  a
proper  geographical  distribution  of  external
investment  risks.  He  should  confine  himself
to  investments  whose  inherent  safety  is
capable  of  the  clearest  demonstration,
which  are  as  far  as  possible  removed  from
political  influences,  and  from  whose  internal
capital  and  income  safety  the  speculative
element  is  completely  removed.  Such  a  list
should  consist  exclusively  of  Government  or
Municipal  Loans  which  show  the  least  fluctuations ­
  in  price-movement,  and  Debenture  or
Bond  issues  of  undoubted  security.  Debenture ­
  and  Bond  issues  are  the  more  preferable
class  of  investment,  as  they  are  more  removed
from  political  and  monetary  influences  than
are  Government  and  Municipal  Loans.  There
is  a  general  idea  abroad  among  investors  that
the  Government  issues  of  the  principal
European  States  are  most  suitable  for  such
        <pb n="96" />
        75

an  investment  ;  we,  however,  are  not  of  this
opinion,  and  infinitely  prefer  absolutely  safe
stocks  which  have  a  limited  market  and  for
this  reason  fluctuate  little  in  value.  The
age  of  these  investments  need  not  necessarily ­
  be  considered,  provided  that  their
inherent  capital  and  income  safety  are  unquestionable. ­
  A  list  constructed  on  these
principles  will  give  no  cause  for  anxiety,
one  hour  in  every  year  spent  on  it  will  be
sufficient  to  keep  it  in  perfect  order  ;  the
capital  value  and  income  will  be  stable,  and
risks  of  all  kinds  reduced  to  a  minimum.  A
specimen  of  this  type  will  be  found  in  the
4  per  cent.  Chart  given  in  this  chapter.  From
this  chart  it  will  also  be  seen  which  class
of  stocks  of  this  kind  are  subject  to  wide
fluctuation.
II.  Maximum  Capital  Safety  coupled  with
a  larger  yield,  but  requiring  more  careful
supervision.
An  investor  who  desires  a  larger  yield-  than
he  would  obtain  under  Example  I.  must  be
prepared  to  take  a  certain  amount  of  trouble
over  his  investments,  and  have  them  re-valued
and  examined  at  least  four  times  in  each  year.
He  must  cover  as  many  geographical  divisions
as  his  capital  will  satisfactorily  permit,  and  he
        <pb n="97" />
        must  adhere  closely  to  the  three  cardinal  rules
for  obtaining  capital  safety,  as  defined  on
page  11  of  this  book.  In  return  for  this
additional  trouble  he  will  obtain  an  increased
yield  of  up  to  l£  per  cent.,  and  he  will
experience  no  difficulty  in  making  his  capital
produce  about  five  per  cent.  He  should  confine
himself  exclusively  to  sound  Debentures,  Bonds,
and  first-class  Preference  shares,  and  he  should
avoid  all  stocks  which  are  easily  swayed  by
political  and  monetary  influences,  or  financial
cliques  or  combinations,  taking  in  preference
issues  which  are  less  liable  to  these  influences.
By  these  means  his  capital  safety  will  be  quite
as  secure  as  if  he  had  invested  in  accordance
with  Example  I.
III.  Reduced  Capital  Safety  compensated  by
a  comparatively  high  yield.
An  investor  who  is  forced  by  circumstances
to  make  his  capital  return  him  a  larger  yield
than  .five  per  cent,  can  achieve  this  object  by
taking  additional  trouble  over  his  investments.
The  stocks  which  he  selects  should  in  the  main
be  of  the  same  nature  as  those  described  in
Example  II.,  yet  giving  a  higher  yield.
Ordinary  stocks  and  shares  situated  in  oldestablished
  industrial  centres  may  be  blended
        <pb n="98" />
        ,  1

77

with  Debentures,  Preference  and  Government ­
  stocks  of  more  recently  developed
countries.  The  individual  stocks  selected  will
be  of  a  lower  grade,  and  therefore  individually
less  safe  from  a  capital  point  of  view.  This
loss  in  individual  safety  must  be  counterbalanced ­
  by  additional  sub-division  of  the  main
divisions  of  geographical  distribution.  In  this
way  the  smaller  inherent  safety  of  such
stocks  will  be  compensated  for  by  the  more
perfect  distribution  of  external  risks.  Lists
properly  constructed  on  this  principle  afford
quite  satisfactory  capital  safety.
¡V.  High  Income  the  main  object.
An  investor  to  whom  a  still  higher  yield
than  that  described  in  Example  III.  is  of
paramount  importance  can  obtain  this  result
by  investing  in  Ordinary  or  Deferred  shares
and  low-grade  Debentures  or  Preference
shares.  An  example  of  this  class  of  investment
scheme  is  shown  facing  page  87.  There  are  a
number  of  experienced  investors  who  consider
a  list  of  this  nature  quite  as  safe  as  lists  made
in  accordance  with  Examples  II.  and  III.  ;
but  great  discrimination  is  necessary,  both  in
the  selection  of  the  geographical  divisions  and
of  the  individual  stocks,  in  order  to  make
a  high  yielding  list  of  this  description  safe.
        <pb n="99" />
        78

Y.  Chance  of  fair  increase  in  Capital  Value
with  some  regard  for  Income.
An  investor  who  is  not  solely  dependent  on
the  income  derived  from  his  invested  capital,
and  who  is  in  a  position  to  accumulate  fresh
capital  from  time  to  time  out  of  earned  income,
should  pay  the  greatest  attention  to  a  possible  increase ­
  in  the  capital  value  of  his  stocks,  making
the  income-yield  a  subordinate  consideration.
There  are  quite  a  number  of  stocks  which,
like  Ground  Rents,  automatically  increase  in
capital  value,  such  as  Loans  and  Debentures,
redeemable  at  a  fixed  date  and  at  a  certain
fixed  price,  which  can  be  bought  below  their
redemption  value.  There  also  appear  on  the
market,  from  time  to  time,  new  Debentures
and  Bond  issues  which  are  thoroughly  well
secured  and  are  offered  below  the  value  which
they  are  likely  to  command  when  the  undertaking ­
  becomes  established.  There  are  many
Geographical  Divisions  in  which  industrial
development  is  fast  expanding,  and  in  which
the  current  rate  of  interest  paid  on  loans
displays  a  constant  tendency  to  diminish.
These  conditions  cause  a  gradual  appreciation
in  the  rise  of  all  sound  Stocks  in  such
divisions.  We  have  a  very  good  example
of  this  in  the  recent  development  of  Mexico,
        <pb n="100" />
        G

79

and  the  corresponding  rise  in  value  of  its
representative  stocks.  From  time  to  time
opportunities  are  also  allorded  of  purchasing
first-class  low-yielding  stocks  at  comparatively
low  prices,  on  account  of  the  adverse  trade  and
financial  conditions  temporarily  prevailing  in
certain  Geographical  centres.
The  above  are  the  main  opportunities  of
increasing  capital  value  in  a  sound  and  efficacious ­
  manner,  the  question  of  income-yield
being  regarded  as  a  subordinate  matter.  The
main  principles  of  Geographical  Distribution
of  Capital  should  be  closely  adhered  to  when
lists  are  constructed  for  the  purpose  of  accomplishing ­
  this  object.  Every  stock  which  shows
a  fair  increase  of  capital  value  should  be  sold
as  opportunity  arises  and  re-invested  on  the
same  favourable  terms  as  in  the  original  purchase, ­
  care  being  taken  that  the  poise  and
counterpoise  obtained  by  a  proper  geographical
distribution  is  not  thereby  disturbed.
VI.  The  Maximum  Chance  of  increase  in
Capital  Value,  with  entire  disregard  for  Income.
An  investor  who  disregards  Income  and
simply  desires  to  increase  his  Capital  should
select  the  reasonably  largest  number  of  comparatively ­
  younger  stocks  standing  at  low
prices  (whether  they  yield  a  dividend  or  no
        <pb n="101" />
        80

is  immaterial),  all  of  which  show  a  great
capital  variation  year  by  year,  and  are
spread  over  the  largest  possible  geographical
area.  A  list  of  this  description,  worked
on  the  principles  explained  in  the  previous
chapter,  should  be  non-speculative  as  a  whole
and  yet  give  the  maximum  chance  of  a  large
increase  in  capital,  for  the  largest  imaginable
falls  in  some  directions  will  be  counterbalanced
by  corresponding  rises  in  value  in  others  ;  whilst
the  intermittent  purchase  of  cheap  stocks  by
the  realisation  of  other  stocks  which  have
materially  improved  in  value  as  described  in
the  foregoing  chapter,  will  lead  to  the  investor
securing  the  large  profits  which  will  accrue
to  him.  Only  investors  who  consider  themselves ­
  to  possess  financial  skill  and  who  are
fair  judges  of  the  probabilities  of  new
investments  should  undertake  the  construction
and  the  subsequent  management  of  an
investment  list  of  this  description.  They
must  be  prepared  to  see  some  of  their
investments  result  in  total  failure,  a^id  they
must  rely  upon  the  very  large  profits  made  on
others  to  produce  a  constantly  appreciating  total.
The  above  suggestions  are  made  with  the
double  object  of  showing,  in  the  first  place,
that  every  individual  Investmeut  Aim  is  to
be  achieved  in  a  fashion  peculiar  to  itself,
        <pb n="102" />
        G  2

81

and,  in  the  second  place,  of  explaining  how
various  types  of  securities  should  be  employed
in  order  to  obtain  certain  desired  results.
Stocks  should  be  used  by  investors  in  the
same  way  as  an  architect  uses  building
material.  Just  as  there  are  various  kinds  of
timber,  every  one  of  which  possesses  different
qualities,  so  there  are  different  classes  of
stocks  with  varying  advantages  or  drawbacks.
The  lowest  class  of  timber  can  be  utilised
in  its  proper  place,  and  in  the  same  way  even
the  lowest  grade  of  stocks  can  under  certain
circumstances  be  advantageously  employed.
It  would  be  a  pity  to  employ  line  oak
beams  for  supporting  the  roof  of  an  outhouse,
and  it  is  equally  unwise  to  invest  in  a
British  Trustee  Security  when  a  fair  Ordinary
share  would  do.  In  a  virgin  Oak  forest,  far
removed  from  civilised  centres,  oak  logs  might
be  so  employed,  for  the  timber  does  not
command  a  fair  comparative  price  in  such  a
region  ;  and  similarly  a  iirst-class  6  per  cent,
yielding  Debenture  emanating  from  a  country
where  money  is  dear,  might  be  used  for
ordinary  Investment  purposes.
For,  as  with  timber,  whose  price  is
regulated  by  its  proximity  to  markets,  so
is  it  with  stocks,  whose  yields  are  regulated
by  their  geographical  position.
        <pb n="103" />
        82

Thus  a  good  British  Debenture  Stock  will
command  a  price  at  which  it  will  yield  only
about  per  cent.,  whilst  an  equally  well
secured  local  African  or  Japanese  Debenture
can  be  bought  to  yield  0  per  cent.  ;  or  in  other
words  £75  invested  in  the  latter,  will  go  as  far
as  £100  invested  in  the  former.
A  builder  of  an  investment  scheme  requires
materials  (Stocks)  which  are  situated  in  different
parts  of  the  globe.  For  some  of  those  which
emanate  from  the  centre  of  civilisation,  he  will
be  forced  to  pay  high  prices  ;  these  should  be
offset  by  the  compensating  low  prices  at  which
others,  situated  in  remote  countries,  are
purchased.  The  less  civilised  a  country,  the
more  its  stocks  should  yield,  and  in  this  way  a
fair  average  return  can  be  secured  from
capital  judiciously  distributed  over  the  earth’s
surface.
If  a  Trustee  is  forced  to  invest  exclusively
in  British  Trustee  Stocks  he  will  obtain,  an
average  yield  of  under  3^  per  cent.,  whilst  a
Trustee  whose  hands  are  not  equally  tied  can
obtain  over  4  per  cent.,  and  every  security
which  he  holds  can  be  quite  as  sound  as  the
British  Trustee  Securities  are.  Private  investors
are  not  in  any  way  restricted  in  their  selection  ;
hence  they  are  wasting  their  substance  when
they  neglect  to  provide  a  sufficiently  wide  area
        <pb n="104" />
        of  investment  for  their  capital,  which  consequently ­
  remains  comparatively  unproductive
—to  say  nothing  of  the  additional  and
indispensable  capital  security  which  Geographical ­
  Distribution  carries  with  it.
There  are  as  many  varieties  of  Investment
aims  as  there  are  forms  of  leaves  on  the  trees,
and  the  examples  which  we  have  given
are  only  a  few  average  specimens.  If  the
personal  aims  of  any  one  of  our  readers  are
fairly  described  in  one  of  the  given  specimens,
then  no  difficulty  arises  in  constructing  his
investment  scheme  ;  but  should  his  case  not
fall  under  one  of  these  general  and  most
frequent  heads,  then  we  shoidd  advise  him
to  take  special  advice.
The  foregoing  examples  will  also  serve  to
illustrate  how  our  mode  of  constructing
Investment  Schemes  reduces  to  a  minimum
the  element  of  speculation.  Further,  they
will  enable  an  investor  who  follows  our
principles  to  decide  at  the  outset  by  what
means  he  can  best  attain  the  investment
object  desired  by  him.
Investors  have  been  so  frequently  misled
by  rosy  pictures  of  future  possibilities,  that
a  great  many  of  our  readers  may  possibly
consider  our  outline  of  obtainable  results
overdrawn,  and  may  feel  inclined  to  doubt
        <pb n="105" />
        84

the  possibility  of  so  reducing  chances  as  to
make  satisfactory  investment  results  a  practical
certainty  from  the  outset.
This  dubious  frame  of  mind  we  consider
rather  advantageous  than  otherwise,  because
it  should  tend  to  egg  the  doubter  on  to
a  close  study  of  the  subject  of  averaging
investment  risks.  All  investigations  which
he  will  make  will  lead  to  a  better  understanding ­
  of  the  subject,  and  to  the  ultimate
conviction  that  we  have  in  no  way  overstated
the  accuracy,  with  which  an  investor  can  prearrange ­
  a  given  result.
Having  once  determined  what  results  he
desires,  and  having  discovered  what  classes
of  stocks  he  should  include  in  his  investment
list,  an  investor  should  be  guided  by  the
following  main  points  of  a  safe  Investment
Scheme,  which  are  applicable  to  all  investment
schemes  whatever  the  desired  object  may  be.
1.—The  Division  of  Capital.  The  amount
invested  in  every  separate  stock  must  be  alike  ;
therefore  the  number  of  stocks  which  the  investor ­
  decides  to  hold  settles  the  amount  of
capital  to  be  placed  in  each.  In  our  opinion
the  evolution  of  invested  savings  should  be
somewhat  as  follows  :—When  annual  earnings
first  begin  to  exceed  the  annual  expenditure,
the  Post  Office  Savings  Bank  should  be  the
        <pb n="106" />
        GEOGRAPHICALLY  DISTRIBUTED  INVESTMENTS’  PRODUCING  4  PER  CENT.  PER  ANN.

Chart  Shewing  Movement  of  Value

Value
£

1897

1898

1899

1903

1900

1901  1902

1904  1905

1906

-  r

1150

n

3

7^

X

s;

1100

1050

t±i

1000

*

950

a*

m

900

-p;  :

850

800

750

10,185

10,022

10,096

10,146

9,862  10,196  10,166

10,021

10,176

9,965

Geographical ­

Division.

BRITISH.

BRITISH
COLONIES.
EUROPE.
NORTH.
EUROPE,
SOUTH.

ASIA.

AFRICA.

AMERICA,
NORTH.

AMERICA,
CENTRAL.

AMERICA,
SOUTH.

INTERNATIONAL. ­


Quantities  and  Names
of  Stocks.

©  £1,000  India  Stk

©  £900  Canadian  Pacific
Rly.  4%  Perp.  Debs.
©  £1,000  Russian  4%
Cons.  R.  Rd.  Bonds,
Ser.  I.
(4)  £1,000  Italian
5%  Rentes]

©  £1,000  Japan  5%
1895-6
®  £900  Cape  Town  4%
1943

©  £1,100  Denver  &amp;amp;  Rj 0
Grande  4%  1st  Mtg.
G.  Bonds

7ÉT)  £800  Mexican  Railway
w  6%  Debs.  ..

@  £900  Great  Western
Brazil  Rly.  6%  Perm.
Debs.

©  £900  International
Invest.  Trust  4%

Perp.  Debs....

Capital—Total  Annual  Values—Income  £
V  r  WW  **  -V

Table  Shewing  Annual  Income.

1902

1903

1901

1904

1900

'90S  1906

18971898  1899

35

35

35

35

35

35

35

35

35

35

36

36

36

36

36

36

36

36

36

36

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

40

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

36

36

36

36

36

36

36

36

36

44

44

44

44

44

44

44

44

44

48

48

48

48

48

48

48

48

48

48

54

54

54

54

54

54

54

54

54

54

36

36

36

36

36

36

36

36

36

36

419

419

419

419

419

419

419

419

419

419

the  ab ove  Chart  ^condition,  of
•  NOTE.—Geographical  Division  of  Capital  necessitates  an  equal  division  over  similar  stocks,  every  one  of  which  is  subject  to  a  different  +»&amp;lt;ide  Influence.  _J" doP ted  f 11  fttacHnJi' w °bld  of  Sirnl| aMty
In  quality  and  difference  In  trade  Influence  only  have  been  complied  with,  the  Capital  division  is  quite  uneven.  II  an  even  Capital  division  "»d  be ®| T|el) t  list  f''° n  0lnt  of  vje  ' 1ece ssity
have  started  from  the  same  point,  and  this  would  have  made  the  Chart  quite  undecipherable!  For  this  reason  the  above  is  no t  a  perfect  inves
+  Italian  Tax  of  20X  deducted.
        <pb n="107" />
        n?:j

m

ï,-.

DDUCIh

Names

3i%  Stk.

an  Pacific
irp.  Debs.

isian  4%
d.  Bonds,

an
)%  Rentes]

n  5%
1895-6

Town  4%
1943

/er  &amp;amp;  Rio
,  1st  Mtg.

.n  Railway

Western
6%  Perm.

ernational
rust  4%

—Income  £
m&amp;gt;  &amp;gt;

to  a  different
an  even  Capit
he  above  is  n
        <pb n="108" />
        85

repository  for  anything  up  to  the  first  £100.
As  soon  as  the  deposits  reach  that  figure  they
should  be  taken  out  and  invested  in  one  stock.
This  process  should  be  repeated  with  the  next
hundred,  only  the  second  stock  chosen  must  be
under  a  different  market  and  trade  influence
from  the  first.  We  deal  with  the  best  selection
of  countries  for  this  purpose  in  the  third
of  these  sub-divisions,  of  which  this  is  the
first.  With  the  third  hundred  a  third  stock
should  be  bought,  and  so  on  up  to  £500.
(Until  the  invested  capital  is  protected  by  at
least  three  different  market  influences,  capital
safety  has  not  been  arrived  at.  For  this
reason  we  would  recommend  that  the  first
stocks  bought  be  most  carefully  examined  as  to
capital  stability).  After  £500,  the  number  of
stocks  to  be  invested  in  will  largely  depend
upon  the  objects  desired  by  the  investor,  as
outlined  in  the  early  part  of  this  chapter.  For
ordinary  purposes,  where  a  substantial  income
with  good  capital  stability  is  desired,  we
have  found,  in  our  experience,  that  capital  is
best  divided  up  in  the  following  proportions ­
  :—
From  £500  up  to  £1,000  capital,  5-6  stocks  of  equal  value.
„  £1,000  „  £2,000  „  5-7  „
„  £2,000  „  £5,000  ,,  6-8  „
»  £5,000  „  £20,000  „  8-10  „
For  larger  sums  10-30  stocks  of  equal  value.
        <pb n="109" />
        86

Many  investors  indulge  in  some  small
speculative  transactions,  or  hold,  for  personal
reasons,  small  interests  in  some  particular
enterprises.  These  minor  holdings  form  no
part  of  the  real  Investment  Scheme  ;  they
should  be  treated  like  a  petty  cash  account  ;
otherwise  these  extraneous  holdings  will
obscure  the  results  which  the  Investment  List
is  producing,  and  impede  its  proper  working.
Investors  derive  no  benefit  from  holding
two  or  more  stocks  which  are  subject  to
the  same  Trade  Influences.  Every  additional
stock  held  entails  additional  labour  in  supervising ­
  its  progress,  and  as  it  is  futile  to
create  additional  work  which  can  be  productive ­
  of  no  beneficial  results,  the  number  of
stocks  held  should  be  reduced  to  as  low  a
point  as  is  compatible  with  adequate  Geographical ­
  Distribution.
2—  The  Quality  of  the  Stocks  held.  As  to
the  quality  of  the  stocks,  which  an  investor
elects  to  buy,  he  must  be  guided  by  his  own
Income  Requirements.
Investors  who  are  content  with  a  yield
of  4  per  cent,  or  under  should  make  their
selection  among  high-grade  securities,  similar
to  those  which  in  British  stocks  rank
immediately  behind  the  gilt-edged  group.
Those  who  desire  a  yield  of  from  4  to  5  per
        <pb n="110" />
        GEOGRAPHICALLY  DISTRIBUTED  INVESTMENTS 5  PRODUCING  7  PER  CENT,  per  ann

graphical
Division.

BRITISH.

BRITISH
COLONIES.
EUROPE,
NORTH.

EUROPE,
SOUTH.

Chart  Shewing  Movement  of  Value.

Geo-Value



1897

1898

1899

1900

1902

1901

1903

1904

1905

1906

2000

1900

1800

1700

1600

1500

1400

*

©

ASIA.

1300

3

1200

AFRICA.

1100

7*

AMERICA,
NORTH.

:

1000

«

900

r.

AMERICA,
CENTRAL

800

F«"

AMERICA,
SOUTH.

700

600

INTERNATIONAL ­


0

500

10.660  10.494

10,820

11,318

13,000

13,676

10,880

11,582

11,488

11,439

Quantities  and  Names
of  Stocks.

©  75  Shs.  Savoy  Hotel
Ord.

(5)  200  Shs.  Colonial  Bank
(¿)  50  Shs.  Antwerp
Waterworks

(4)  500  Shs.  Marbella  Iron
Ore  •••  •••  •••

(5)  100  Shs.  Hong  Kong  &amp;amp;
China  Gas

(o)  1,000  Shs.  African
Cities  Prop.  6%  Pref.

©  £1,000  Chic..  Milwaukee
  &amp;amp;  St.  Paul  Com

®  £1,000  Costa  Rica  Rly.
6%  2nd  Debs.

©  100  Shs.  Tarapaca
Waterworks

45  Shs.  Gt.  Northern
Telegraph

Table  Showing  Annual  Income.

1897

£
561

72

45

250

80

60

50

60

75

45

1898

£
75

72

60

100

80

60

50

60

60

561

1899

£
75

72

65

125

90

60

50

60

75

56!

1900

£
75

72

65

125

110

60

50

60

75

671

1901

£
60

72

65

125

110

60

60

60

75

671

1902

£
60

72

65

125

110

60

70

60

75

561

1903

£
60

72

70

125

110

60

70

60

75

671

1904

£
37è

84

75

125

110

60

70

60

75

108

1905

£
37  a

84

80

125

110

60

70

60

75

108

1906

£
371

78

85

175

110

60

70

60

75

108

Capital—Total  Annual  Values—Income  £
&amp;lt;  W«(  &amp;gt;-793



673

728

759

754

753

769

804

809

858

NOTE.  Geographical  Division  of  Capital  necessitates  an  equal  division  over  similar  stocks,  every  one  of  which  Is  subject  to  a  different  trade  Influence.  In  the  above  Chart  the  conditions  of  similarity
in  quality  and  difference  In  trade  influence  only  have  been  complied  with,  the  Capital  division  is  quite  uneven.  If  an  even  capital  division  had  been  adopted  all  zig  zag  price  lines  would  of  necessity
have  started  from  the  same  point,  and  this  would  have  made  the  Chart  quite  undecipherable.  For  this  reason  the  above  is  not  a  perfect  investment  list  from  a  practical  point  of  view
        <pb n="111" />
        RODUC

ind  Names
ocks.

Savoy  Ho

Colonial  Ba

Antwerp
Waterwor

Marbella  Ir

Hong  Kong
3as  ...

s.  African
’rop.  6%  Pr

Chic..  Milwa
St.  Paul  Co

iosta  Rica  R
Debs.

.  Tarapaca
Waterwor

Gt.  Norths
iph  ...

ilues—Incom
mm

ibject  to  a  diff
.  If  an  even  c
in  the  above  h
        <pb n="112" />
        87

cent,  can  satisfy  their  requirements  amongst
the  Debentures  and  Preferences  of  oldestablished
  Home  Industrial  Companies,
whilst  in  other  geographical  divisions  they
will  find  that  they  have  a  wide  choice  amongst
Foreign  Railway  Mortgages  and  Preference
Stocks.  Investors  requiring  from  5  to  0  per
cent,  upon  their  invested  capital  will  find  a
fair  selection  amongst  Ordinary  stocks  and
Foreign  and  Colonial  Industrial  Debentures
and  Preferences  ;  but  in  the  British  division
such  a  return  is  only  obtainable  from  Industrial
Issues  of  lesser  repute.
In  How  to  Manage  Capital  we  give  a  detailed
explanation  as  to  how  the  comparative  class,
value  and  safety  of  individual  securities  is
determined,  and  in  the  Investor  s  Year  Book
and  the  Financial  Review  of  Reviews  is
set  forth  the  statistical  information  necessary ­
  to  ascertain  the  dividend  safety  and
the  widths  of  fluctuations  of  all  the  securities
contained  therein.  With  a  very  little  practice
the  investor  will  find  himself  thoroughly  competent ­
  to  arrive  at  a  correct  opinion  on  these
two  points.
As  we  have  already  indicated  in  the
examples  given  earlier  in  this  chapter,  it
ns  in  the  selection  of  the  quality  of  the
investments  to  be  held  that  the  investor  must
        <pb n="113" />
        88

decide  whether  he  chieliy  aims  at  permanent
stability  of  capital  value  or  at  the  enhancement
of  the  realisable  value  of  his  capital.  In
the  previous  chapter  we  have  explained
how  Geographical  Distribution  will  assist  in
the  enhancement  of  the  value  of  capital  invested, ­
  and  if  this  is  the  object  chiefly  desired,
then  stocks  of  great  width  of  fluctuation
should  be  chosen.  If,  however,  Capital  Stability
is  all  that  the  investor  aims  at,  then  stocks
with  the  minimum  width  of  fluctuation,  in
fact,  stocks  which  but  rarely  change  hands
and  do  not  possess  a  free  market,  are
preferable.
Any  yield  up  to  6  per  cent,  is  usually
obtainable,  and,  as  will  be  seen  from  the
two  specimen  charts  here  interleaved,  it  is
possible,  with  the  aid  of  Geographical  Distribution, ­
  to  select  stocks  which  scarcely  fluctuate
in  their  combined  realisable  value.  The
lower  the  yield  of  income  obtainable  from
an  investment  scheme,  the  smaller  will  be  its
variations  in  total  realisable  value.  Thus,
the  4  per  cent,  scheme  illustrated  in  the
chart  starts  with  a  capital  value  of  £10,185,
and  during  ten  years  its  extreme  variation
was  a  fall  of  £323  in  the  year  1904,  whilst
the  7  per  cent,  chart  starts  with  a  capital
value  of  £10,660,  and  displayed  its  extreme
        <pb n="114" />
        DISTRIBUTION  OF  CAPITAL.

The  safety  of  capital  is  obtained  by  dividing  it  (i)  evenly
among  a  number  of  sound  Stocks  (2)  of  identical  quality,
but  (3)  every  Stock  held  being  subject  to  an  entirely
different  market  and  trade  influence.
*NOTE.—For  the  reasons  why  all  British  Trustee  Securities  belong  to
the  British  Division,  although  they  are  geographically  situated  in  various
parts  of  the  globe,  see  “  The  Investment  of  Trust  Funds."

I.
BRITISH
DIVISION.

England.
Scotland.
Ireland.
Wales.
All  British
Trustee
Securities  #
irrespective
of  their
geographical
situation.

VI.
AFRICA.

Algeria.
Abyssinia.
Bechuanaland.
Cape  Colony.
Congo  F.  State.
Egypt.
Gold  Coast.
Lagos.
Morocco.
Natal.
Orange  Rlv.  Col.
Rhodesia.
Sierra  Leone.
Transvaal.

II.
BRITISH
COLONIES.

Australia.
British
Columbia.
Canada.
Ceylon.
India.
Labrador.
Newfoundland
New  Zealand.

VII.
AMERICA
North.

United  States
of  America.
Alaska.

III.
EUROPE
North.

Belgium.
Denmark.
Germany.
Holland.
Norway.
Russia.
Sweden.
Switzerland.

VIII.
AMERICA
Central.

British
Honduras.
Costa  Rica.
Guatemala.
Honduras.
Mexico.
Nicaragua.
Panama.
Salvador.
West  Indies.

IV.
EUROPE
South.

Austria
Hungary.
Bulgaria.
France.
Greece.
Italy.
Montenegro.
Portugal.
Roumanie.
Servia.
Spain.
Turkey.

IX.
AMERICA
South.

Argentina.
Brazil,
Bolivia.
British  Qui*"*-Colombia.

Chill.
Dutch  Guiana.
Ecuador.
French  Guiana.
Peru.
Paraguay.
Uruguay.
Venezuela.

V.
ASIA.

Arabia.
China.
Japan.
Korea.
Persia.
Siam.
T  urkestan.
Turkey  in  Asia.
Malay.
Philippines.
East  Indies.

X.
INTERNATIONAL
STOCKS

representing
International
trading
Interests,
such  as
International
Trusts,
Shipping,
Telegraph,  and
Marine
Insurance
Companies.
Shipping  .4.
Cables

CHART  OF  THE  WORLD.

&amp;amp;

&amp;lt;?

*  -  %  M  P  1  R
\K.

N  O

ALASKA

û

7.5  T

f-0

E

O.Ä

cy

TERR  B  Y

K  U  í  S  $  1  s  i  B
ST  PETERSBURG

E  R

4

fosco»  A  C  S
rlOßU  »BERLIN  OfiyiBlthe  A  U  A  -^-»IRKUTSK
\iennaA D ^ A  \  *****  M  ON.GOLI  A  -....,  J
¡X  /  %  r?  /CHINE  SE  /}
ÂrS^^Nòkí  TURKESTAN  ,
Cj..--'  portar-muAs  l  .
5  -  y  EMPIRE

xÿ  V  &amp;lt;  °&amp;amp;/l  BRITISH
Y  /'^NEWFOUNDLAND  j'

4

A

VANCOUVE

ISLE

musst JJL.ikM' :

JR

%

f  V OTIlB S» s

L

YORK

PARI

Of
SAN  FRANC,SCo'»

o/vpsrox

Ay

tr*

/Coceo

C29

r*„73

INDIA

1  CP  PORTO  RICt

in

NIGERIA

HONG

IP

HO.

^  ^PHILIPPINES
\—  ASHANTI  ^  BRITISH  /  "K  lSf\  (7  _
•  •  -  Vàfcí—  ¿ass.

V  A

«OM,

'40

¿P—\Dtrinwa
F  A  C  ir l c  V
L  SOUTH  ,
t/MSup  BRAZIL  /
y^AMEBICi
o  C  z  A*  X L 80UV,A  «

JANEIRO

* Al para,so  ÿ  E

BUENOS

AYRES

o  C  E  A

JY

^  CAPE  TOW,

X  h.
        <pb n="115" />
        DISTRIBUTION  OF  CAF  THE  VN

The  safety  of  capital  is  obtained  by  dlvid
among  a  number  of  sound  Stocks  (2)  of  ic
but  (3)  every  Stock  held  being  subject
different  market  and  trade  influence.
*  NOTE.—For  the  reasons  why  all  British  Trustee
the  British  Division,  although  they  arc  geographically  i
parts  of  the  globe,  see  “  The  Investment  of  Trust  Fundi

I.
BRITISH
DIVISION.

England.
Scotland.
Ireland.
Wales.
All  British
Trustee
Securities  -:•&amp;gt;
irrespective
of  their
geographical
situation.

VI.
AFRICA.

Algeria.
Abyssinia.
Bechuanaland.
Cape  Colony.
Congo  F.  State.
Egypt.
Gold  Coast.
Lagos.
Morocco.
Natal.
Orange  Riv.  Col.
Rhodesia.
Sierra  Leone.
T  ransvaal.

II.
BRITISH
COLONIES.

Australia.
British
Columbia.
Canada.
Ceylon.
India.
Labrador.
Newfoundland
New  Zealand.

VII.
AMERICA
North.

United  States
of  America.
Alaska.

III.
EUROPE
North.

Belgium.
Denmark.
Germany.
Holland.
Norway.
Russia.
Sweden.
Switzerland.

VIII.
AMERICA
Central.

British
Honduras.
Costa  Rica.
Guatemala.
Honduras.
Mexico.
Nicaragua.
Panama.
Salvador.
West  Indies.

eurÆ
Sout?"

Austria-  .  '  '
Hun/,
Bulgaria
France.  9
Greece.
Italy.  t*'
Montent

STP

MOSl

ÇBERUN

Passey

DESS

VIENNA

NST.

CAiscPr
EGYPT
SERIA

Portugal
Rouman*
Servia.
Spain.  .
Turkey.  nT|  X*  BRITISH
E.  AFRICA

IX.
AMERI
Soutl

Argentin;
Brazil.
Bolivia.  X
British  G
Colombia
Chill.  APE -
Dutch  Gi
Ecuador.
French  G
Peru.
Paraguay
Uruguay.
Venezuel

Y*

CONGO
RHODESIA

hjSxvjuu.

TON
        <pb n="116" />
        variation  in  the  year  1906,  when  it  had
risen  to  £13,676.
A  study  of  the  4  and  7  per  cent,  chart
discloses  the  fact  that  Government  Stocks
fluctuate  most  violently,  whilst  all  stocks
which  are,  as  far  as  this  is  possible,  removed
from  political  influences,  fluctuate  to  a  much
lesser  degree.  Investors  who  seek  for  tranquility ­
  of  mind  should  invariably  give  their
preference  to  stocks  which,  although  they
are  saleable,  have  a  rather  congested  market.
These  classes  of  stocks  but  rarely  change  hands,
never  attract  the  attention  of  speculators,  and
therefore  only  follow  the  general  wake  of
price-movements  in  a  sluggish  manner.  Investors ­
  who  desire  to  increase  their  capital
value  should  select  widely-moving  stocks.
3.—The  Geographical  Divisions.  If  we  take
a  map  of  the  world  and  look  at  the  different
countries  thereon  depicted  we  shall  find  some
forty  countries  in  which  at  present  it  is  possible
to  select  representative  stocks  that  are  subject
to  different  trade  influences.  As  more  countries
develop  their  resources,  there  will  naturally,  in
the  future,  be  even  more  countries  from  which
the  investor  may  make  his  selection.  Now
the  object  that  an  investor  should  invariably
keep  before  him  when  he  decides  upon  a
Geographical  Distribution  of  his  capital  is  to
        <pb n="117" />
        90

so  select  his  countries  in  which  he  desires  to
invest,  as  to  obtain  as  great  a  contrast  as  is
possible  in  the  trade  influences  which  govern
each  one  of  his  holdings.  If  the  reader  will
look  at  the  accompanying  map  of  the  world  we
will  attempt  to  outline  the  method  he  should
adopt,  not  only  in  his  initial  selection  of  such
stocks,  but  also  in  the  management  and
manipulation  of  his  holdings  as  recommended
in  the  preceding  portions  of  this  book.  For
the  sake  of  clearness  we  shall  develop  the
method  of  distributing  savings  over  a  geographical ­
  area  from  its  incipient  stages.
We  have  already  mentioned,  in  dealing  with
the  division  of  capital,  that  the  first  savings
should  be  placed  in  the  Post  Office  Savings
Bank.  As  soon  as  the  deposits  have  reached
the  sum  of  £100  this  amount  should  be  taken
out  and  invested  in  one  stock.  The  first  stock
chosen  should  be  of  a  general  international
character.  We  will  explain  more  fully  hereafter ­
  the  nature  of  such  stock.  When  the  next
£100  has  been  saved  this  sum  should  be
invested  in  a  British  stock.  The  next  £100
should  be  invested  in  a  stock  whose  trade
influence  is  the  most  likely  to  be  in  diametrical
contrast  to  that  of  Great  Britain.  The  stock
chosen  should  therefore  be  an  American  stock.
The  succeeding  fourth  sum  of  £100  should  be
        <pb n="118" />
        ■n
        <pb n="119" />
        GEOGRAPHICALLY  DISTRIBUTED  INVESTMENT  LIST  COVERING  FIVE  DIVISIONS  ONLY.

Chart  Shewing  Movement  of  Value.

Geo-V

  alue
£

1902  1903  1904  1905  1906

l  vision

1897  1898  1899  1900  1901

1250

BRITISH.

3X

1200

1150

BRITISH
COLONIES.

1100

1050

'

1000

ASIA.

950

-©

&amp;gt;  r

900

AFRICA.

800

r

750

700

5,103  5,217

4,988

5,013

5,000

5,092

5,027

5,198

5,005

5,203

AMERICA,
NORTH.

Quantities  and  Name
of  Stocks.

(T)  £600  London  &amp;amp;  North
West.  Rly.Ord.  Stk.

(2)  25  Shares  Bank  of
New  South  Wales

£1,000  Chinese  5%
Gold  Loan,  1896...

(Î)  130  Shares  Ohlsson’s
Cape  Breweries,  7%

35Shrs.  IllinoisCntrl.
Railway  Common

Capital—  Total  AnnualValues  -Income  £
-4  AW  »

Table  Shewing  Annual  Income.

1897  1898

£  :  £

42J

45

50

45*

35

218  J

42|

45

60

45*

35

218]

1899

42f

45

50

45*

35

2181

1900  1901

37*

47*

50

45*

38*

219

33

50

50

45*

1902

36

50

50

45*

42

220J

42

1903

35*

50

50

45*

42

223*  222*

1904

34*

50

50

45*

42

222

1905

36J

50

50

45*

49

2311

1906

38*

50

50

45*

49

232*
        <pb n="120" />
        «

T  LIST  COVE

îantities  and  Name
of  Stocks.

i  £600  London  &amp;amp;  North
West.  Rly.Ord.  Stk.

)  25  Shares  Bank  of
New  South  Wale;

)  £1,000  Chinese  5°/,
Gold  Loan,  1896..

)  130  Shares  Ohlsson’i
Cape  Breweries,  7°/,

&amp;gt;)  35Shrs.  IllinoisCntrl
Railway  Common

.  AnnualValues  —Income  i
»
        <pb n="121" />
        91

invested  in  a  different  Continent  to  those  in
which  stocks  are  already  held;  for  this  reason
we  will  select  the  Continent  of  Asia.  Africa
will  afford  the  investment  centre  for  the  fifth
£100  and  Australasia  for  the  sixth  £100.
As  there  is  very  often  great  difficulty  in
securing  the  required  class  of  stock  in  the
latter  division,  an  alternative  division  may  be
necessary,  and  either  Canada,  India,  or  South
.  America  be  selected  as  a  substitute.
We  have  now  covered  the  five  continents  of
the  world,  and  have  supplemented  these  by  a
General  International  stock  so  that  the  safety
of  our  capital  should  be  assured.  If  sound
stocks  in  each  continent  are  selected  for  the
purpose  of  investment,  it  is  not  absolutely
necessary  to  carry  the  division  of  the  earth’s
surface  any  farther,  whatever  the  amount  of
capital  to  be  invested  may  be,  so  long  as
such  capital  be  evenly  distributed.  Indeed,
so  long  as  there  are  four  or  five  well-contrasted ­
  countries  in  which  the  investor  selects
his  stocks,  the  necessary  poise  and  counterpoise ­
  incidental  to  a  sound  geographical  distribution ­
  of  capital  will  always  be  secured.
In  illustration  of  this  we  append  a  chart
covering  five  geographical  divisions  only.
Hut  where  the  investment  objects  necessitate
a  wide  distribution  of  capital  in  accordance
        <pb n="122" />
        92

with  the  directions  given  in  the  examples  set
out  in  the  early  part  of  this  chapter,  then  more
divisions  become  necessary.
The  number  of  geographical  divisions
amongst  which  an  investor  decides  to  distribute
his  Capital  should  always  increase  in  direct
ratio  with  the  Income-Yield  worked  for.  In
an  Investment  List  constructed  to  yield  an
income  of  4  per  cent,  the  minimum  number
of  stocks  and  of  geographical  divisions  will
suffice.  But,  when  the  investor  requires  a  yield
of  5  or  6  per  cent,  from  his  capital,  and  consequently ­
  purchases  stocks  of  a  more  speculative ­
  type,  Capital  Distribution  should  be  made
as  wide  as  the  amount  of  capital  will  permit.
This,  of  course,  applies  also  where  the  selected
stocks  are  desired  to  show  large  fluctuations.
If  the  reader  will  again  refer  to  the  map
of  the  world  we  will  lead  him  on  to  further
countries  in  their  natural  succession.  In  order
to  show  clearly  the  motive  for  our  selection,
and  to  aid  the  reader  when  we  come  to  the
question  of  realising  investments,  we  would  ask
him  to  provide  himself  with  a  few  pins  to  represent ­
  stocks  and  to  fix  first  of  all  five  of  them
into  the  divisions  already  selected,  thus  :—One
in  the  spot  denoting  London,  one  in  the  spot
denoting  San  Francisco,  one  in  Tokio,  one
in  Cape  Town,  and  one  in  Melbourne,  and  a
        <pb n="123" />
        93

sixth  pin  should  he  inserted  in  the  middle  of
the  Atlantic  Ocean  to  denote  the  General
International  stock.  After  these  we  take
Europe  as  a  division  distinct  from  that  of
Great  Britain,  and  we  will  place  a  pin,
say  in  Italy.  The  next  step  is  to  divide
America  into  two  divisions,  North  and  South.
As  we  have  already  one  pin  (representing  a
stock)  in  North  America,  our  next  selection
must  be  a  stock  in  South  America.  Let  us
place  a  pin  in  the  spot  denoting  Buenos  Ayres.
The  next  division  will  be  Europe  into  North
and  South,  placing  a  pin,  say  in  Berlin.
Lastly,  we  again  divide  America,  forming  a
distinct  division  of  Central  America,  and  we
will  place  a  pin  in  the  centre  of  Mexico.
This  limit  of  ten  divisions,  which  we  have
chosen  as  our  method  of  covering  the  earth’s
surface  for  the  purpose  of  the  Geographical
Distribution  of  Capital,  will  be  found  a  very
convenient  one  for  all  ordinary  purposes.
Being  a  decimal  unit  the  division  of  capital
is  rendered  extremely  simple,  and  it  is  also
admirably  adapted  for  the  purposes  of  poise
and  counterpoise.  A  glance  at  the  pincovered
  map  will,  of  course,  show  a  large
number  of  uncovered  countries,  some  of
which  are  governed  by  still  different  trade
influences  ;  for  example,  in  the  British  Colonies,
        <pb n="124" />
        94

Canada  and  India  are  both  unlike  Australia
in  their  trade  movements  ;  while  in  North
Europe,  Belgium  and  Switzerland,  although
near  neighbours,  show  similar  differences  in
their  respective  trading  conditions  (see  chart
of  price-movements  in  different  countries).
Indeed,  by  consulting  a  financial  expert  who
thoroughly  understands  the  Geographical
Distribution  of  Capital,  new  divisions  can
be  arranged  in  any  quarter  of  the  globe
where  it  seems  to  be  expedient.  This  is  a
very  important  point  to  bear  in  mind  when
it  is  desired  to  realise  any  particular  stock
which  has  shown  a  substantial  appreciation.
We  will  proceed  to  illustrate  on  the  map  how
these  realisations  and  re-purchases  should  be
carried  out  in  practice.
Let  us  suppose  that  the  stock  which  is
represented  by  the  pin  in  Italy  shows  a
realisable  value  considerably  above  cost  price.
That  is  to  say,  suppose  that  after  a  period  of
trading  prosperity  the  increased  purchasing
power  of  the  Italian  investor  has  carried  the
price  of  Italian  stocks  up  to  a  point  where  on
their  realisable  value  they  return  but  a  low
rate  of  interest.  Then  this  stock  should  be
realised  at  a  considerable  profit,  and  the
proceeds  should  be  invested  in  a  stock  of  the
same  width  of  fluctuation  in  a  country  in  the
        <pb n="125" />
        same  main  division,  but  whose  credit  is  below
its  normal  point.  Let  ns  suppose  these  conditions ­
  obtain  in  Austria,  so  that  our  purchase
will  consist  of  an  Austrian  stock  of  kindred
quality  to  the  Italian  stock  which  has  just  been
sold.  Our  capital  will  then  have  been  enhanced
by  the  profit  realised  on  the  Italian  stock  and
will  now  stand  a  further  chance  of  enhancement ­
  in  the  future.  Moreover,  the  balance  of
our  investment  scheme  will  not  be  imperilled,
for  if  we  transpose  the  pin  from  Italy  to  the
spot  denoting  Vienna  we  still  find  our  pincovered
  map  shows  a  similarly  wide  distribution
of  capital  over  the  whole  surface  of  the  globe
as  it  did  originally.
Again,  if  the  appreciated  stock  is  the  one
denoted  say  by  the  pin  fixed  in  Buenos  Ayres,
we  then  purchase  another  similar  stock  in
some  other  part  of  South  America,  and  whereever
  we  place  the  pin—whether  in  Para,  or
Valparaiso,  or  Rio  de  Janeiro—we  still  find  an
equally  wide  distribution  of  our  capital
evidenced  by  the  symbolic  pins  on  our
coloured  map.
If  it  should  happen  that  no  country  in  the
same  division  affords  a  suitable  investment,
then  we  must  look  at  the  pin-covered  map,
and  choose  a  favourable  stock  in  some  other
division  which  is  as  far  removed  from  any
        <pb n="126" />
        96

of  our  upstanding  pins  as  possible.  In  this
way,  also,  the  equipoise  of  our  investment
risks  will  remain  undisturbed.
For  very  large  amounts  of  capital,  more
than  the  ten  suggested  Geographical  Divisions
may  be  made  by  means  of  further  subdivisions, ­
  care  being  taken  always  to  secure
a  well-balanced  distribution.  At  the  end  of
Chapter  VII.  of  this  book  will  be  found  an
extended  list  of  all  the  principal  Stock
Exchanges  of  the  world,  showing  the  main
divisions  under  which  they  fall,  and  in  each  of
which  it  is  possible  to  find  stocks  that  are
mainly  or  wholly  controlled  by  its  own  market
dealings.
In  addition  to  the  division  of  the  earth’s
surface  into  contrasted  trading  centres,  it  will
be  seen  from  the  coloured  map  that  we  have
included  a  tenth  division,  which  bears  an
international  aspect.  In  this  division  we
include  all  the  undertakings  or  concerns
which  trade  between  nations,  like  Shipping
Companies,  Marine  Insurance  Companies
and  Cable  Companies.  This  is  an  extremely
important  division  and  it  should  be  represented ­
  in  every  Investment  List  where  the
smallness  of  the  capital  sum  precludes
the  investor  from  achieving  a  world-wide  distribution. ­
  The  reasons  for  always  investing  a
        <pb n="127" />
        portion  of  capital  in  this  division  briefly  are
that  the  business  of  Shipping,  Insurance,  and
Cable  Companies  always  benefits  during  war
times  or  during  political  complications  which
threaten  war.  Therefore,  when  other  securities
are  flat,  stocks  of  this  type  are  enjoying  a  period
of  abnormally  large  earnings.  Further,  the
whole  freight  market  always  benefits  in  every
trade  route  by  an  exceptional  demand  for  tonnage ­
  in  any  quarter  of  the  globe,  because  any
exceptionally  prosperous  part  of  the  world
attracts  to  it  the  surplus  tonnage  from  other
routes,  and  so  improves  the  prosperity  of  shipping ­
  all  the  world  over.  Lastly,  it  will  be
found  that  the  dividend  yields  obtainable  from
General  International  Investments  compare
favourably  with  the  yields  obtainable  in  the
other  geographical  divisions.
When  finally  deciding  upon  the  purchase
of  stocks,  the  adjustment  of  the  equality  of
invested  capital  in  the  various  divisions  should
not,  if  it  can  be  avoided,  be  pushed  to  the
point  where  the  nominal  amounts  of  stocks
purchased  are  broken  up  into  smaller  quantities ­
  than  multiples  of  £100  nominal  stock.
Otherwise  the  investor  will  find  himself
possessed  of  a  number  of  oddments  of  stock
which  he  will  only  be  able  to  realise  in
the  future  at  some  concession  below  the
        <pb n="128" />
        98

current  market  price  ruling  for  even  amounts
of  the  same  stock.
The  above  explanation  furnishes  all  the
items  of  detail  which  are  involved  in  the
construction  of  Investment  Schemes  to  meet
every  conceivable  requirement.  In  every
instance  the  ultimate  success  of  a  scheme  constructed ­
  on  these  lines  will  merely  depend  upon
whether  the  scheme  decided  upon  does
actually  embrace  all  the  objects  the  investor
is  aiming  at,  and  whether,  in  any  modifications ­
  of  the  original  scheme  which  he  may
make  in  the  future,  he  imports  no  new  factor
into  his  Investment  List  which  upsets  the  harmony ­
  of  the  original  arrangement.
An  Investment  Scheme,  when  once  adopted,
must  be  consistent  in  character  to  the  smallest
detail,-  and  the  very  consistency  of  his  investment ­
  policy  will  be  found  an  immense  assistance ­
  to  an  investor  in  enabling  him  to  form  a
right  judgment  in  every  financial  contingency
which  may  arise.  No  longer  will  the  investor,
with  money  in  hand  for  investment,  hesitate
between  the  comparative  merits  of  an  endless
variety  of  securities.  His  Investment  Scheme
will  solve  the  problem  for  him,  and  clearly
indicate  to  him  in  which  geographical  division
and  in  what  quality  of  security  he  must  seek
the  stock  he  requires.
        <pb n="129" />
        CHAPTER  VI.

THE  TREATMENT  OF  EXISTING
INVESTMENT  LISTS.
But  few  of  those  who  read  the  pages  of  this
book  will  find  that  their  own  investments  are
distributed  in  the  manner  suggested  by  us  as
the  safest  ;  because  stocks  and  shares  are
usually  acquired  gradually,  and  added  to  from
time  to  time  without  any  definite  Investment
Scheme  being  followed.
Whenever  the  investor’s  banking  account
discloses  an  unnecessarily  large  cash  surplus,
a  stockbroker  is  consulted,  and  this  or  that
stock  is  bought  without  any  regard  to  previous
‘purchases,  and  without  considering  the  fitness
of  the  new  stock  to  assist  in  the  development
of  a  wide  distribution  of  risks.  As  the  sums
of  money  so  freed  for  the  purpose  of  investment ­
  naturally  vary,  at  one  time  a  large
purchase  is  made,  whilst  on  another  occasion
only  a  small  amount  of  stock  is  required.
As  a  natural  result  the  most  curious  combinations ­
  of  investments  are  strung  together,
in  which  the  quantities  of  the  various  stocks
held  bear  no  symmetrical  proportion  to  each
        <pb n="130" />
        100

other  ;  so  that  the  depreciation  of  a  large  block
of  stock  cannot  possibly  be  counterbalanced
by  an  equal  appreciation  in  a  small  holding  ;
and,  in  addition  to  this,  the  external  risks
which  dominate  these  indiscriminate  purchases
are  entirely  disregarded.
Besides  this,  some  investors  buy  thirty
different  securities  where  six  well-selected
stocks  would  have  sufficed  ;  whilst  others
purchase  five  stocks  where  at  least  ten
would  have  been  necessary  for  a  proper  distribution ­
  of  risks.
The  commonest  and  most  disastrous  idea
which  seems  to  prevail  among  investors  is  that
it  is  only  necessary  to  consider  the  pros  and
cons  of  every  stock  separately,  and  that  if
each  stock  held  is  internally  safe  the  total
result  must  be  satisfactory.
We  have  now  fully  explained  to  our
readers  the  fallacy  of  this  argument,  and  have,
we  hope,  made  clear  to  them  the  disastrous
consequences  which  these  popular  mistakes
entail.  So  that  by  this  time  our  readers
should  be  in  a  position  to  lay  their  lingers
upon  the  precise  cause  of  every  financial  loss
which  they  may  have  sustained  in  the  past.
To  reconstruct  to  the  best  advantage
existing  ill-assorted  Investment  Lists  is  by
no  means  an  easy  task.  We  give  in  How  to
        <pb n="131" />
        101

Manage  Capital  a  detailed  description  of  the
way  in  which  this  can  best  be  carried  out,  and
will,  therefore,  here  state  briefly  that  the
investor  .should  commence  this  task  by  first  of
all  ascertaining  his  real  investment  position.
There  is  nothing  which  will  make  this  easier
for  him  than  a  tabular  statement  showing,
firstly,  how  liis  own  investments  are  split  up
over  the  ten  main  Geographical  Divisions
which  we  have  explained  in  the  last  chapter,
and,  secondly,  in  what  proportion  his  capital
is  divided  among  the  various  securities  held.
We  have  demonstrated  in  the  previous
chapters  that  a  proper  distribution  of  risks  is
the  only  way  in  which  successful  investment
can  be  arrived  at.  This  distribution  of  risks
entirely  depends  upon  the  number  of  different
Trade  Influences  which  are  represented  in  a  list
of  investments.  We  have  also  demonstrated
that  capital,  to  be  safe,  must  be  equally  divided
amongst  a  number  of  stocks  of  similar  quality.
It  is  only  by  means  of  such  a  tabular
statement  that  the  true  existing  investment
position  can  be  revealed.  In  this  way  alone
can  it  be  shown  how  many  separate  trade
influences  are  covered  by  existing  investments,
how  much  capital  is  placed  in  each  one  of
them,  and  how  far  an  equal  division  of  capital
among  all  stocks  held  has  been  effected.
        <pb n="132" />
        102

Investors  who  are  unfamiliar  with  work  of
this  kind  will  be  well  advised  to  have  such  a
table  prepared  for  them  by  an  expert,  as  it  is
of  indispensable  importance  that  this  table
should  be  correctly  made  out  in  every  detail.
As  soon  as  the  Table  is  complete,  the
investor  should  examine  the  examples  of
investment  objects  given  in  the  preceding
chapter,  ascertain  which  of  these  examples
represent  his  own  case  the  most  accurately,
and  then  compare  his  own  list  of  holdings  (as
shown  by  the  Table  of  his  own  investments)
with  the  recommendations  given  in  such
example.
The  investor  will  now  have  two  pictures
before  him,  the  one  showing  how  his  money
is  actually  invested,  the  other  how  it  ought
to  be  invested  so  that  his  capital  may  be  safe
and  his  investment  objects  obtainable.  Whenever ­
  it  is  found  that  an  investor’s  own  list
differs  widely  from  our  example,  then  prompt
and  drastic  action  should  be  taken,  and  the
list  rectified  without  delay.  Our  examples
are  based  on  a  life-long  experience,  and  have
proved  themselves  in  practice  to  be  correct.
On  the  other  hand,  we  have  hardly  ever  known
a  case  in  which  a  badly-constituted  list  has
produced  the  results  which  the  investor
himself  has  desired.
        <pb n="133" />
        103

In  all  cases  where  none  of  the  examples
of  Investment  Aims  given  in  the  previous
chapter  really  fit  in  with  the  actual  object
desired  by  the  investor,  he  should  either
endeavour  to  make  up  a  combination,  fitting
his  case  for  himself,  or  he  should  consult  a
competent  adviser.
It  is  just  as  useless  to  expect  a  toy  terrier
to  grow  three  feet  in  height  as  it  would  be  to
expect  a  dearly  purchased  fixed  charge  stock
to  show  a  considerable  increase  in  capital
value.  There  are  certain  future  possibilities  in
every  stock,  and  unless  these  possibilities  carry
out  the  investment  aims  of  its  holder,  disappointment ­
  is  bound  to  be  the  ultimate  result.
Before  any  alterations  in  the  existing
investment  list  are  made,  a  definite  investment ­
  scheme,  setting  forth  the  number  of
stocks  to  be  bought,  the  class  of  security
selected  and  the  Geographical  Divisions  to  be
covered,  should  be  made  out,  and  then  such
existing  investments  as  do  not  fit  into  this
scheme  should  be  sold  and  the  proceeds  invested ­
  in  stocks  which  answer  every  requirement ­
  of  the  scheme.
In  some  cases  it  is  wise  to  carry  out  an
entire  reconstruction  forthwith  ;  in  others,  it  is
preferable  to  do  so  gradually.  It  is  quite  impossible ­
  to  give  any  rigid  directions  in  this
        <pb n="134" />
        104

respect  ;  but  investors  should  always  remember
that  the  sooner  they  get  into  a  really  sound
investment  position  the  better  it  naturally  is  for
them.
It  frequently  happens  that  investors  delay
the  re-arranging  of  their  investments  because
their  own  investments  have  fallen  in  value  and
they  prefer  to  wait  for  a  recovery  in  prices.  It
is,  of  course,  most  unsatisfactory  to  sell  at  a
loss  ;  yet,  in  many  cases,  the  first  loss  is  the
best.
Waiting  for  a  recovery  in  prices  means
speculating  on  a  future  event.  There  is  really
no  difference  between  a  man  waiting  for  a
stock  to  recover  and  another  buying  this  same
stock  in  a  speculative  way  with  a  view  to  its
rising  in  price.  It  is  from  this  standpoint  that
all  investors  who  are  reluctant  to  face  a  loss
should  consider  the  matter,  and  if  they  are
content  to  speculate  as  to  the  future,  they  can
then  delay  their  reconstruction  of  investment.
There  is,  however,  another  way  in  which
the  contingency  of  selling  at  a  loss  may  be
met.  In  almost  every  Geographical  Division
there  are  some  stocks  to  be  found  which  at
some  time  or  another  have  commanded  higher
prices  than  those  at  which  they  can  be  bought
when  a  reconstruction  is  contemplated.  By
exchanging  the  investments  which  show  a  loss
        <pb n="135" />
        105

for  stocks  of  this  kind,  the  investor  may  secure
quite  as  good  a  chance  of  a  future  rise  in  value
as  lie  may  have  in  respect  of  his  existing
holdings.  Such  a  procedure  might  hinder  the
immediate  investment  in  stocks  which  are  likely
to  carry  out  the  investor’s  real  investment  aim  ;
but  it  would  tend  to  forthwith  improve  the
Geographical  Distribution  of  his  capital,  and
this  is,  after  all,  a  very  great  step  in  the  right
direction.  To  wait  for  a  future  rise  in  any
security  is  speculation  and  not  investment,  and
whether  the  anticipated  rise  is  to  take  place  in
a  security  which  is  actually  held  or  in  one
which  has  just  been  purchased  does  not  alter
the  fact.  To  make  investment  and  speculation
go  hand  in  hand  is  not  an  easy  matter,  and  it  is
from  this  point  of  view  that  every  delay  in  the
sale  of  unsuitable  stocks  should  be  considered.
In  all  cases  where  a  stockbroker  is  consulted,
his  ipse  dixit  on  investment  questions  should
not  be  accepted  as  final,  but  he  should  rather
be  asked  to  furnish  good  reasons  for  the
suggestions  which  he  may  make,  and  to
explain  at  the  outset  his  Investment  Scheme  as
a  comprehensive  whole.  This  not  only  makes
for  the  greater  enlightenment  of  the  client,  but
it  also  gives  the  latter  an  opportunity  of  testing
his  adviser’s  ability  to  handle  the  delicate
question  of  investment.
        <pb n="136" />
        106

V  .  The  publishers  of  this  book  will  both
prepare  Tables  of  existing  investments  as
heretofore  explained,  and  also  construct  complete ­
  Investment  Schemes  for  every  investor’s
individual  case.  Furthermore,  they  analyse
the  stocks  held  as  to  soundness,  and  suggest ­
  which  of  them  could  be  most  advantageously ­
  retained.  They  also  keep  up  a
permanent  Register  in  which  the  safest,  best,
and  most  remunerative  stocks  for  the  time
being  in  every  Geographical  Division  are
recorded.  By  means  of  this  Register  they  can
indicate  instantly  stocks  most  suitable  to
every  kind  of  Investment  Scheme.
There  are  some  investors  who  have  a
rooted  prejudice  against  all  Foreign  Investments. ­
  This  attitude  is  highly  patriotic,  no
doubt,  but,  like  every  other  fancy,  it  has  to  be
paid  for.
To  such  investors  as  these  the  theory  of
this  book  will  not  prove  palatable,  in  spite  of
the  obvious  wisdom  of  a  wide  distribution  of
investment  risks.  It  is,  in  our  opinion,  impossible ­
  to  construct  a  really  safe  Investment  List
consisting  of  British  stocks  only,  for  the  simple
reason  that  these  stocks  are  bound  all  to  move
together.  The  best  practical  substitute  which
we  can*  suggest  for  world-wide  distribution  of
investment  capital  is  the  careful  choice  of
        <pb n="137" />
        107

varied  local  enterprises  to

ment  combination,  great  attention  being  paid?  j

trade  interests  and  that  all  stocks  held  should
be  as  far  removed  from  general  trade  influences
as  possible.  Further,  care  must  be  taken  that
the  selected  enterprise  is  being  carried  on  as  a
sound  business  concern  and  not  for  the  benefit
of  a  few  chosen  individuals  with  whom  the
company  does  business.  These  points  we  have
fully  explained  in  a  previous  chapter.
After  all,  when  the  sun  shines  the  milliner
is  jubilant,  whilst  in  rainy  weather  the
umbrella-maker  rejoices.  In  this  way  it  is
possible  to  arrive  at  something  approaching  a
distribution  of  risk  without  going  outside  the
United  Kingdom,  provided  that  the  stocks
selected  are  unimportant,  and  for  this  reason
as  far  removed  from  the  influence  of  British
trade  as  they  possibly  can  be.
Conservative  investors  are  naturally  disinclined ­
  to  change  their  holdings,  and  rich
people  are  especially  dilatory  in  their  financial
affairs.  But  our  twenty-seven  years  of  experience
have  proved  to  us  that  every  holder  of  a  badly
distributed  Investment  List  is  in  the  true  sense
of  the  word  constantly  on  the  verge  of  a
precipice,  and  we  have  known  the  finest

to  the  point  that  no  two  com  pm
shall  be  identical  in  their  objects
        <pb n="138" />
        108

fortunes  disappear  through  a  bad  distribution
of  risks.
As  long  as  matters  prosper  all  is  serene,
but  the  first  financial  disaster  makes  a  breach
in  the  stronghold  ;  the  endeavours  to  repair
the  breach  lead  to  dabbling  in  more  speculative
investments,  and  these  again  are  followed  by
speculation  pure  and  simple,  with  the  final
result  of  a  complete  catastrophe.
It  is  too  late  to  lock  the  stable  door  after
the  steed  has  been  stolen  ;  it  is  much  wiser  to
see  to  the  lock  whilst  the  animal  is  still  on  the
premises.  Therefore  every  holder  of  a  questionably ­
  distributed  list  should  at  least
consider  his  position  in  its  true  light.  After
all,  this  can  be  done  without  much  trouble  or
expense,  and  it  is  no  great  matter,  even  if
ultimately  no  change  is  made.  It  will  clear  the
air  at  all  events,  and  serve  to  illuminate  the
investor’s  real  position.  An  exact  knowledge
of  his  true  position  is  the  first  essential  of  a
business-like  investor.
Sometimes  the  reconstruction  of  an  Investment ­
  List  is  delayed  on  account  of  the  expense
which  it  involves.  This  objection  rests  on  a
most  shallow  foundation,  for  in  most  cases
reconstructions  can  be  so  carried  out  that  while
the  new  list  offers  greater  capital  safety  and  a
safer  and  larger  future  annual  income  than  the
        <pb n="139" />
        $

109

existing  list,  yet  all  attendant  expenses  are
paid  out  of  the  reconstruction,  the  investor
not  being  asked  to  find  any  additional  money.
We  hope  that  this  book  will  tend  to
reduce  materially  the  number  of  badly  distributed ­
  investment  lists  which  at  present  exist,
and  thereby  prevent  further  large  loss  of
capital.  Quite  as  much  money  is  lost  from
want  of  adequate  distribution  of  capital  as
is  swallowed  up  by  losses  made  in  speculation ­
  and  gambling,  although  it  may  surprise
many  people  to  hear  that  this  is  so.
        <pb n="140" />
        CHAPTER  VIL

THE  WORLD'S  STOCK  MARKETS.
Every  important  commercial  centre  has  a  Stock
Exchange  of  its  own,  and  the  dealings  in  every
one  of  these  Stock  Exchanges  are  naturally
confined  to  those  securities  which  are  held  by
the  public  of  the  neighbourhood  in  which  each
Stock  Exchange  is  situated.
Some  stocks  are  held  in  many  quarters  of
the  globe.  Dealings  in  them  therefore  take
place  on  a  large  number  of  Stock  Exchanges.
Other,  or  so-called  “local  ”  stocks,  are  not  so
widely  distributed,  and  therefore  not  so
universally  dealt  in.  It  is  really  not  the  size
of  a  stock  which  determines  its  number  of
regular  markets,  but  simply  the  manner  in
which  it  is  distributed  among  the  population
of  the  world.  Thus,  there  are  some  large  and
important  stocks  representing  millions  of  capital ­
  which  have  only  one  principal  market,  like
British  Consols,  the  only  real  market  for  these
being  London  ;  whilst  comparatively  much
smaller  issues,  like  the  loans  of  the  Turkish
Empire,  are  dealt  in  on  nearly  every  Stock
Exchange  in  Europe.
        <pb n="141" />
        British  Consols  can,  of  course,  he  dealt  in
on  every  British  or  Foreign  Stock  Exchange,
as  they  are  known  throughout  the  world  ;  but
nearly  all  these  transactions  come  directly
or  indirectly  by  letter  or  telegram  to  London
and  are  finally  transacted  on  the  London
Stock  Exchange,  where  almost  any  quantity
of  the  stock  can  readily  he  bought  or  sold.
In  fact,  only  London  can  be  relied  upon  to
absorb  or  supply  any  substantial  amount  of
the  stock,  and  London  is  consequently  the  sole
market.
In  securities  which  have  various  large
centres,  where  they  are  dealt  in,  like  the
Turkish  securities,  this  is  not  so  ;  they
are  held  largely  by  the  public  which  make
the  London,  Paris,  Berlin,  Brussels,  Amsterdam, ­
  Vienna,  and  other  less  important  Stock
Exchanges  their  places  of  dealing,  and  consequently ­
  any  one  of  these  centres  is  always
ready  to  supply  or  absorb  Turkish  stocks.
In  fact,  while  every  important  transaction
in  Consols  sends  its  reflex  to  London,  Turks
are  dealt  in  locally,  and  these  dealings  only
affect  indirectly  the  other  places  they  are
quoted.  For  this  reason  London  alone
determines  and  controls  the  price  of  Consols,
whilst  the  price  of  Turks  is  determined  by
international  arbitrage  dealings.
        <pb n="142" />
        112

Arbitrage  transactions  are  the  sales  and
purchases  of  stocks  which  are  effected  by  letter,
telegram  and  telephone  between  the  Stock
Exchanges  of  different  countries.  In  these
international  dealings  the  level  of  the  respective ­
  quotations  at  any  two  centres  is  determined ­
  by  the  current  rate  of  exchange  between
them.  The  rate  of  exchange  becomes  the
arbiter  of  value—hence  the  term  arbitrage.
For  instance  :  Paris  quotes  Turks  in  francs,
and  it  is  therefore  necessary  to  work  out  the
French  franc-quotation  by  the  rate  of  exchange
into  its  equivalent  in  English  money  before
an  arbitrage  dealer  can  determine  whether  it
is  possible  to  buy  or  sell  Turks  more  advan-,
tageously  through  his  agent  on  the  London
market  than  he  can  buy  and  sell  them  on  his
own  Bourse.  It  is  the  constant  rush  on  the
part  of  arbitrageurs  to  buy  stocks  in  the
market  where  quotations  are  low,  and  to  sell
them  in  the  market  where  quotations  are  high,
which  keeps  internationally-dealt-in  stocks  at
a  uniform  price  at  the  various  centres.
In  these  international  securities,  of  course,
the  most  powerful  centre  determines  the  quotation. ­
  Thus,  if  the  Paris  public  is  more
interested  in  Turks  than  Berlin,  Paris  is  able
to  absorb  or  supply  larger  quantities  of  stock,
and  it  is  then  the  Paris  market  which  controls
        <pb n="143" />
        the  price  and  fixes  the  level  of  value  to  which
Berlin  is  compelled  to  conform.  If,  in  the  course
of  time,  the  interest  in  Turks  in  Paris  gradually
diminishes,  and  the  people  of  Berlin  or  any
other  centre  should  become  the  largest  holders
of  Turks,  then  the  position  would  be  reversed,
and  the  Berlin  or  some  other  Stock  Exchange
would  commence  to  dominate  the  market  in
Turks.
In  this  way  the  principal  markets  for  internationally ­
  held  stocks  are  constantly
changing,  and  the  dominating  centre  of  a
stock  does  not  depend  upon  its  nationality,
but  upon  the  place  where  it  is  principally
dealt  in.
Thus,  the  principal  market  for  the  Loans  of
the  United  States  of  America  was  at  one  time
in  London,  but  has  now  been  transferred  to
New  York.  In  the  same  way  the  Grand
Trunk  Railway  is  really  a  purely  Canadian
enterprise,  but  no  Canadian  or  American  Stock
Exchange  can  at  present  control  the  price  of
its  stocks,  as  London  dominates  the  market  ;
whilst  in  the  case  of  the  shares  in  the  Rio  Tinto
Copper  Mine,  which  is  situated  in  Spain,  there
is  no  independent  market  either  on  the  Madrid
or  Barcelona  Bourses.  The  shares  are  held
in  Prance  and  England,  and  the  London  or  .
the  Paris  quotation  alternately  dominates  the
        <pb n="144" />
        114

market,  though  the  control  is  generally  in  the
hands  of  Paris.
To  the  holder  of  stocks  it  is,  for  the
above  reasons,  not  only  important  to  know
where  an  enterprise  is  situated  and  where  its
stocks  were  originally  issued,  but  also  which
financial  centre  happens  to  determine  their
quotations.
Not  only  do  wars,  political  troubles,  trade
stagnation  or  prosperity  influence  the  prosperity
of  the  enterprises  and  the  prices  of  stocks
which  are  held  in  a  country,  but  such
events  as  these  also  affect  the  stocks  in  which
that  individual  country  is  the  dominant  market.
This  is  a  point  which  should  be  most  carefully
considered  by  all  those  who  desire  to  obtain  a
real  international  distribution  of  risks.
Many  investors  object  to  hold  stocks
which  they  do  not  see  daily  quoted  in  the  particular ­
  newspaper  they  regularly  read,  and  this
fact  alone  prevents  them  from  obtaining  a
proper  capital  distribution.  No  newspaper  is
able  to  quote  all  the  really  important  stocks
of  the  world,  as  this  item  of  intelligence  alone
would  suffice  to  fill  the  most  voluminous
newspaper.  The  largest  number  of  stocks
which  are  at  present  quoted  in  any  newspaper
or  periodical  of  any  country  are  contained
in  the  Financial  Reviere  of  Reviews.  But
        <pb n="145" />
        115
although  this  periodical  gives  (in  320  pages)
the  last  four  years’  prices,  dividends  and  yields
at  present  prices  of  upwards  of  5,000  individual
securities,  yet  this  number  of  stocks  is  only  a
tithe  of  all  the  investments  of  the  world.
Every  paper  has  to  confine  itself  to  a  few
stocks  only,  and  these  again  are  selected
according  to  the  individual  ideas  of  the
editor,  who  is  usually  not  influenced  by  the
relative  inj^oortance  of  various  stocks,  but
by  the  amount  of  public  attention  any  given
security  happens  to  command  for  the  time
being.  Thus,  frequently,  prices  of  unimportant ­
  speculative  securities  are  recorded
by  all  papers  to  the  exclusion  of  the
quotations  of  really  safe,  solid,  important
investments.  Frequent  newspaper  references
to  any  one  stock  are  tantamount  to  a  large
number  of  trade  advertisements  of  a  commercial ­
  article.  Publicity  does,  doubtless,
create  a  demand  for  much-advertised  articles,
but  in  the  same  way  as  it  does  not
follow  that  any  particular  soap  is  the  best
because  its  name  is  on  every  hoarding,  so  the
Allsopp  Brewery  issues  have  not  proved  the
best  investment  of  their  kind  because  during
a  number  of  years  they  have  been  constantly
quoted  and  commented  upon  in  every  British
financial  paper  and  in  every  City  article.
        <pb n="146" />
        When  the  choice  of  an  investment  is  being
considered,  it  is  better  to  select  a  comparatively
unknown  security,  because  in  such  a  stock  the
probability  of  securing  a  real  bargain  is  far
greater  than  amongst  stocks  that  are  in  everybody’s ­
  mouth.  And  just  as  consumers  should
always  give  a  wide  berth  to  all  largely  advertised ­
  articles,  which  have  not  already
positively  proved  themselves  to  be  the  best
of  their  kind,  so  investors  should  shun  every
stock  which  is  much  written  and  fllked  about
at  the  moment,  unless  the  past  records  of  that
stock  prove  it  to  be  safe,  sound  and  cheap  at
the  ruling  quotation.*
The  argument  frequently  advanced  that
investors  should  only  interest  themselves  in
stocks  which  command  a  free  and  ready
market,  proves  to  be  quite  fallacious  on  close
investigation.  The  difference  between  a  stock
in  which  there  is  a  free  market  and  one  in
which  the  dealings  are  not  frequent  really
consists  in  the  difference  between  the  buying,
and  selling  prices.
It  is  true  that  some  stocks  can  be  bought
and  sold  at  a  difference  of  5s.  in  every  £100,
whilst  in  other  stocks  this  difference  amounts
*  The  present  author  has  dealt  exhaustively  with  this
subject  in  the  Popular  Financial  Booklet  No.  17  (The  Money
Market  Article  and  the  Private  Investor),  published  by  the  same
publishers.
        <pb n="147" />
        to  £2  for  the  same  quantity.  But  stocks  of
both  types  are  subject  to  market  fluctuations,
and  an  increasing  or  decreasing  demand  for  a
particular  stock  will  rapidly  alter  the  facility
with  which  it  can  be  dealt  in  ;  so  that  the
free  market  of  to-day  becomes  the  laborious
negotiation  of  to-morrow.
Investors  do  not  buy  with  the  intention
to  sell  again  soon  after  ;  they  buy  to  hold
for  years.  Suppose  an  investor,  intending
in  1905  to  invest  in  a  speculative  South
American  Railway  stock  which  paid  a  high
rate  of  interest,  had  selected  the  then  sovery-mucli-talked-about
  Buenos  Ayres  &amp;amp;  Pacific
Railway  Common  Stock  rather  than  the
very  little  known  5  per  Cent.  Second
Preference  Stock  of  the  Cordoba  Central
Railway,  and  that  he  had  made  this  choice
because  the  former  stock  had  a  very  free
market,  whilst  in  Cordoba  Second  Preference
there  was  very  little  dealing  and  a  difference
of  £2  per  £100  between  the  quoted  buying
and  selling  prices.  The  income  yields  from
both  transactions  in  1905  were  about  the  same,
while  the  dividends  paid  in  the  meantime  on
both  stocks  remained  unchanged  ;  but  if  he
had  allowed  himself  to  fall  a  victim  to  the
free-market  delusion  and  had  bought  Buenos
Ayres  Pacific  Common  at  143  (quoted  then  at
        <pb n="148" />
        118

142^-143),  whilst  he  might  have  had  to  pay
90  for  Cordoba  Second  Preference  (quoted
88-90),  what  would  his  position  have  been  in
March,  1907  ?  Why,  he  would  then  have
found  that  the  Buenos  Ayres  &amp;amp;  Pacific  Stock
had  in  the  meantime  not  only  dropped  in
value,  but  had  also  lost  its  free  market,  and  he
would  have  to  accept  119  for,  or  in  other
words  he  would  have  lost  £24  on,  every  £100
of  stock  which  he  held.  Whilst  Cordoba
Central  Second  Preference,  which  had  also
receded  in  the  meantime,  and  still  remained
a  wide-priced  stock,  were  yet  saleable  at  86
(quotation  86-88)  representing  a  loss  of  £4
only  on  every  £100  of  stock  held.
It  is  true  that  in  the  purchase  of  the
Buenos  Ayres  &amp;amp;  Pacific  Stock  only  10s.  more
than  the  lowest  price  quoted  at  the  time  was
paid,  while  the  market  turn  in  the  Cordoba
case  amounted  to  £2,  yet  not  all  this  disadvantage ­
  in  dealing  was  repeated  at  the  time  of  sale.
Thus  nominally  about  £2  was  saved  on  the
Buenos  Ayres  &amp;amp;  Pacific  transaction.  But  into
what  utter  insignificance  these  forty  shillings
sink  when  it  is  considered  that  the  cheaply
completed  transaction  produced  an  ultimate
loss  of  £24  against  a  loss  of  £4  only  on
the  same  quantity  of  the  less  negotiable
security.
        <pb n="149" />
        119

We  wish  it  to  be  quite  understood  that  in
the  above  example  Cordoba  Central  Second
Preference  and  Buenos  Ayres  &amp;amp;  Pacific  Common ­
  have  only  been  used  to  prove  the
argument  and  not  because  we  consider  that
they  will  retain  their  respective  positions,
both  as  to  price  or  marketability.  It  is
always  dangerous  to  give  in  a  financial  handbook ­
  an  example  of  this  kind,  as  a  book  of
this  sort  is  frequently  read  many  years  after
its  date  of  publication,  and  both  stocks  used  in
the  example  might  then  have  ceased  to  exist.
Por  this  reason  we  hope  that  our  readers  will
understand  that  the  future  of  the  stocks  quoted
in  the  example  is  an  unforseeable  quantity,
and  that  the  argument  only  is  of  value.
The  speculator  who  intends  to  realise  again
promptly  must,  of  course,  consider  the  temporarily ­
  existing  marketability  of  a  stock.  The
investor  should,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  turn  his
attention  to  stocks  which  arc  unfashionable
and  rather  difficult  to  deal  in.  Every  good
investment  is  always  saleable  at  a  price,  and
the  margin  of  difference  between  purchase
and  sale  prices  is  a  matter  of  small  moment
in  comparison  with  the  ultimate  destination
of  a  market  movement.  It  is  therefore  the
present  and  future  prospects,  and  the  suitability ­
  of  a  stock  to  a  specific  Investment
        <pb n="150" />
        120

Scheme  only,  which  ought  to  weigh  with  an
investor,  and  not  the  margin  of  difference
between  its  sale  and  purchase  prices.
Again,  it  is  really  immaterial  to  the  investor ­
  who  holds  a  good  stock  which  particular
Exchange  determines  the  price  of  that  security. ­
  Whether  it  is  quoted  in  England
or  elsewhere,  or  what  may  be  the  small
actual  expenses  of  purchase  or  sale,  are  minor
considerations  so  long  as  it  pays  him  to  hold
the  stock  at  the  nett  cost  price,  including  all
charges.
Every  investor  who  once  grasps  this  important ­
  fact  will  experience  no  difficulty  in
distributing  his  investment  risks  on  the  plan
explained  in  this  book  in  such  a  manner  that
no  conceivable  combination  of  circumstances
can  seriously  reduce  the  realisable  value  of  his
invested  capital.
To  the  investor  who  realises  the  truth  contained ­
  in  the  foregoing  paragraph,  the  world,
so  to  speak,  is  open,  and  he  can  buy  the  safest
and  most  remunerative  securities  in  existence,
and  thereby  free  himself  from  the  confined
limits  of  any  one  financial  centre.  An  international ­
  firm  of  stock  dealers  is  in  a  position  to
supply  him  with  the  best  selection  out  of  all
markets,  together  with  the  necessary  material
for  forming  a  capable  opinion  of  the  stocks  he
        <pb n="151" />
        121

is  inclined  to  purchase.  Such  a  firm  will  also
inform  him  as  necessity  arises  how  all  his
stocks  are  valued  on  those  Stock  Exchanges
on  which  they  are  principally  dealt  in.
If  the  question  of  what  people  think  of
stocks  and  what  they  consider  safe  is  analysed,
we  come  again  to  a  point  of  geography  pure
and  simple.  A  Swede  will  consider  Swedish
the  safest  National  Loans,  and  an  American
will  entertain  a  preference  for  those  of  the
United  States.  The  Scotchman  will  prefer  the
British  Linen  Company  Bank  to  the  London  &amp;amp;
Westminster,  the  Londoner  vice  versa.  If  an
Englishman  were  told  to  buy  the  Austrian
North  Railway  Debentures  he  would  hesitate,
while  an  Austrian  might  consider  London
&amp;amp;  North  Western  Debentures  to  be  highly
speculative.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  both  these
debentures  are  equally  safe,  as  can  be  proved
by  statistics  ;  therefore,  why  should  an  investor
allow  local  feeling  to  interfere  with  his
obtaining  investment  safety  ?
When  the  various  Stock  Exchanges  of  the
world  are  reviewed,  and  when  we  consider  that
each  Stock  Exchange  deals  in  quite  a  number
of  stocks  which  have  only  a  very  limited,  if
any,  market  in  other  countries,  yet  which  stand
high  in  the  estimation  of  local  investors,  wß  see
more  clearly  how  wide  may  become  the  area  of
        <pb n="152" />
        122

an  investor’s  choice,  and  how,  in  this  way,  it
becomes  possible  to  find  stocks  which  are  able
to  realise  any  reasonable  investment  aim,  whatever ­
  its  nature.
To  give  the  reader  some  idea  how  the  stock
markets  are  scattered  over  the  surface  of  the
earth  we  append  the  following  list  of  principal
Stock  Exchanges  obtaining  in  each  of  the  nine
main  Geographical  Divisions  ;  a  reference  to
the  coloured  map  of  the  world  in  Chapter  V.
will  indicate  how  widely  they  are  distributed.
I.  British  Division.
Principal  Stock  Exchanges  :—
London,  Manchester,  Glasgow,  Liverpool,
Birmingham,  Edinburgh,  Dublin,
Cardiff,  Leeds,  Bradford.
II.  British  Colonies
Principal  Stock  Exchanges  :—
India  :  Calcutta,  Madras,  Bombay,
Rangoon.
Canada  :  Montreal,  Toronto.
Australia  :  Adelaide,  Melbourne,  Sydney.
Tasmania  :  Hobart.
New  Zealand  :  Wellington,  Christchurch,
Dunedin.
Straits  Settlements  :  Singapore.
        <pb n="153" />
        123

HI.  Europe,  North.
Principal  Stock  Exchanges  :—
Belgium  :  Brussels,  Antwerp.
Denmark  :  Copenhagen.
Germany  :  Berlin,  Hamburg,  Frankfort,
Bremen,  Breslau,  Munich.
Holland  :  Amsterdam,  Rotterdam.
Norway  :  Christiania.
Russia  :  St.  Petersburg,  Warsaw,  Moscow,
Odessa.
Sweden  :  Stockholm.
Switzerland  :  Geneva,  Basle,  Berne.
IV.  Europe,  South.
Principal  Stock  Exchanges  :—
Austria  :  Vienna,  Prague,  Trieste.
Bulgaria  :  Sofia.
France  :  Paris,  Marseilles,  Bordeaux,
Lyons,  Lille.
Greece  :  Athens.
Kaly  :  Milan,  Genoa,  Turin,  Rome.
Hungary  :  Buda-Pesth.
Portugal  :  Lisbon.
Roumanie  :  Bucharest.
Spain  :  Madrid,  Barcelona.
Servia  :  Belgrade.
Turkey  :  Constantinople.
        <pb n="154" />
        124

V.  Asia.
Principal  Stock  Exchanges  :—
Japan  :  Tokio,  Yokohama.
China  :  Shanghai,  Hong-Kong.
VI.  Africa.
Principal  Stock  Exchanges  :—
Cape  Colony:  Cape  Town,  Port  Elizabeth.
Egypt  :  Cairo,  Alexandria.
Natal  :  Durban.
Transvaal  :  Johannesburg,  Pretoria.
VII.  America,  North.
Principal  Stock  Exchanges  :—
New  York,  Chicago,  Boston,  Philadelphia, ­
  San  Francisco,  New  Orleans,
Baltimore.
VIII.  America,  Central.
Principal  Stock  Exchange  :—
Mexico  City.
IX.  America,  South.
Principal  Stock  Exchanges  :—
Argentine  :  Buenos  Ayres.
Brazil  :  Bio  de  Janeiro.
Chili  :  Santiago.
Peru  :  Lima.
Uruguay  :  Monte  Video.
        <pb n="155" />
        125
We  have,  in  the  above  list,  named  some  80
different  Stock  Exchanges,  among  which  it
should  not  be  a  difficult  matter  to  find  just
the  stock  necessary  to  fit  in  with  any  kind  of
investment  scheme.
Whether  the  securities  held  by  an  investor
are  marketable  in  London  or  in  any  other
part  of  the  world  makes  nowadays  but
little  difference.  There  are  many  stockdealing ­
  firms  in  Great  Britain  who  are  in
daily  contact  with  eveiy  Stock  Exchange
centre,  and  by  means  of  telegrams  and  cable
transfers  stocks  can  now  be  quite  readily
bought  or  sold,  wherever  their  chief  market
may  be.  Quotations  for  all  stocks,  no  matter
where  they  are  dealt  in,  are  daily  obtainable
with  the  same  amount  of  facility,  provided
that  the  proper  firms  are  applied  to.
Those  investors,  however,  who  prefer  London
as  their  market  for  investment  transactions  will
not  find  it  absolutely  necessary  to  go  considerably ­
  outside  that  Stock  Exchange.  The
London  market  deals  in  a  great  variety  of
securities,  a  number  of  which  are  mainly  controlled ­
  in  other  parts  of  the  world,  and  a  very
fair  distribution  of  capital  can  be  achieved
by  confining  oneself  to  that  market  alone.
In  former  times  this  was  not  quite  the  case  ;
but  during  recent  years  the  position  in  this
        <pb n="156" />
        126

respect  has  improved  to  the  advantage  of  the
individual  investor,  though  perhaps  to  the
detriment  of  London’s  financial  supremacy.
During  the  third  quarter  of  the  last  century,
which  witnessed  the  dawn  of  the  present
industrial  development,  Europe  was  in  a  state
of  great  political  unrest,  and  all  Continental
bourses  were  still  in  the  infancy  of  their
subsequent  financial  importance.  For  this
reason,  Great  Britain—or  perhaps  it  would  be
better  to  say  London—was  then  the  only
existing  international  harbour  of  refuge  for  all
financial  transactions  of  magnitude.  Not  only
every  important  issue  of  stock  found  its  way
to  London,  but,  in  addition,  a  great  deal  of
foreign  capital  was  entrusted  to  London  for
investment.  All  foreign  magnates  and  potentates ­
  had  their  nest-eggs  in  the  safe  custody
of  British  Banks.
This  gave  to  London  the  undisputed
supremacy  of  the  finances  of  the  world,  and
this  position  continued  until  the  end  of  the
Franco-German  War.  This  war  resulted  in
the  payment  of  a  large  indemnity  by  France
to  Germany,  and  the  'subsequent  consolidation
of  all  German  interests,  which  struck  the  first
blow  to  London’s  financial  supremacy.
Then—and  particularly  during  the  last
decades  of  the  past  century—trade,  commerce
        <pb n="157" />
        127

and  industry  all  over  the  world  developed  that
historically  unprecedented  expansion  which
so  enormously  multiplied  the  wealth  of  the
world,  and  gradually  withdrew  from  London
its  former  financial  power.  Investors  of  all
nationalities  used  their  newly  acquired  wealth
in  the  purchase  of  the  stocks  of  their  own
countries,  thereby  shifting  the  dominating
markets  in  them  to  their  own  Bourses,  and
in  this  way  the  London  Stock  Exchange  has
lost  control  over  many  stocks  in  which  its
influence  was  at  one  time  supreme.
A  very  striking  example  of  this  happened
recently  in  the  case  of  Argentine  securities.
These  were  formerly  wholly  in  the  hands  of
English  investors,  and  British  trade  depression
spelt  inevitable  reduction  in  Argentine  values.
Now  it  is  different  ;  and  whilst  during  1904
financial  stagnation  prevailed  in  England,
Argentine  stocks  were  on  the  boom,  and  every
ship  which  left  English  shores  for  South
American  harbours  conveyed  parcels  of
Argentine  stocks  to  a  new  domicile  ;  and  this
has  continued  to  the  present  day.
This  loss  of  financial  control  is  a  sad  fact
for  the  British  nation  as  a  whole,  but
it  is  advantageous  to  every  individual
British  investor,  as  the  number  of  stocks  well
known  to  him  and  to  his  London  stockbroker,
        <pb n="158" />
        128

which  are  free  from  British  trade  influences,  is
gradually  increasing.  In  this  way,  as  time
passes,  it  daily  becomes  easier  to  obtain  a
fine  distribution  of  capital  risks  by  means
of  an  internationally  distributed  list  of  stocks,
without  going  beyond  the  securities  which  are
known  on  the  British  Stock  Exchanges.
        <pb n="159" />
        129

CHAPTER  VIH.

THE  DEFECTS  OF  THE  BRITISH
TRUSTEE  ACTS.
One  very  curious  result  at  which  the
investor  arrives  from  the  study  of  the  question
of  Investment  Distribution  is  the  conviction
that  the  British  Trustee  Acts  are  framed  in
such  a  way  as  to  fail  signally  to  accomplish
the  very  object  that  they  had  in  view.
The  main  object  of  the  Trustee  Acts  is  to
provide  that  Trust  Funds  be  so  invested  as  to
protect  the  beneficiaries  under  Trust  deeds
from  the  risk  of  diminution  in  the  Trust’s
capital.  That  there  should  also  be  a  stability
of  income  from  such  investments  was  another
point  which  engaged  the  attention  of  the
framers  of  the  Trustee  Acts.  But  the  protection ­
  of  the  capital  sum  was  their  chief  anxiety,
as  is  proved  by  the  fact  that  stocks  returning
the  minimum  of  income  were  selected  as
fulfilling  Trustees’  requirements.  Income  was
a  minor  matter  ;  safety  of  the  trust’s  capital
was  the  great  point.  When  the  possibility  of
obtaining  a  inore  substantial  income  appeared  to
K  2
        <pb n="160" />
        180

clash  with  affording  the  maximum  of  protection
to  the  Trust’s  Funds,  income  was  unhesitatingly
sacrificed  to  capital  security.  Capital  security
is  the  keynote  of  the  Trustee  Acts.
Money  is  invested  in  trust  with  the  intention
that  the  capital  sum  invested  shall  be  preserved
intact,  so  that  it  either  may  be  handed  on
without  diminution  from  one  beneficiary  to
another  succeeding  beneficiary,  or  else  that
the  whole  of  the  original  fund  shall  be  available
for  distribution  at  the  expiration  of  the  term
of  the  trust.  Unfortunately,  however,  this
primary  intention  of  affording  the  maximum
of  protection  to  the  capital  of  Trust  Funds  has
been  entirely  defeated  by  the  fact  that  the
fluctuations  in  British  Trading  Prosperity
control  the  fluctuations  in  capital  value  of
the  British  Trustee  stocks.
How  uniform  is  the  movement  of  all
Trustee  stocks  and  how  absolutely  identical
are  their  fluctuations  over  a  lengthy  period  of
years  may  be  readily  seen  from  the  following
chart,  which  is  reprinted  in  reduced  size  from
our  new  Investment  handbook  The  Investiment
  of  Trust  Funds*

*  The  Investment  of  Trust  Funds,  by  Henry  Lowenfeld.
Revised  as  to  statements  of  Law  by  A.  E.  Scratchley,  of
Lincoln’s  Inn,  Barrister-at-Law.  Price  2s.  6d.  Published  at
2,  Waterloo  Place,  London,  S.W.
        <pb n="161" />
        1909  1903i190n9ûô'l9Û6

1891

IBM

1894

1895  1896

1897  1898

1  53

1  '/■

l r 0

150

145

145

/

140

140

135

135

Y

*

®

130

130

—  »

©

*

125

©

’■,

120

120

115

115

•V  .

10

110

©

105

105

100

100

NAMES  OF  STOCKS.—(1)  Great  Western  Railway  Four  per  Cent.
Debenture;  (2)  London  and  North-Western  Railway  Four  per  Cent.
Preference  ;  (3)  London,  Tilbury  and  Southend  Four  per  Cent.  Debenture ­
  ;  (4)  Southern  Mahratta  Four  per  Cent.  Debenture  ;  (5)  Birmingham ­
  Corporation  Three  and  a-Half  per  Cent.  ;  (6)  India  Three  and  a-Halí
per  Cent.  ;  (7)  British  Local  Loans  Three  per  Cent.  ;  (8)  Natal  Three
and  a-Half  per  Cent.  ;  (9)  New  Zealand  Three  and  a-Half  per  Cent.  ;
(10)  Canada  Three  per  Cent.  Inscribed.

It  will  be  observed  that  in  compiling  this
chart  we  have  selected  as  widely  distributed  a
group  of  stocks  as  the  Trustee  Acts  permit  of.
The  actual  geographical  position,  however,  of
the  various  securities  depicted  in  no  way  frees
them  from  the  influence  of  British  Trade  and
Finance  which  is  the  dominating  influence
controlling  all  English  stocks,  and  also  controlling ­
  all  stocks  whose  main  investment  centre
is  England.  In  spite  of  the  boom  in  Canadian
agriculture  and  the  consequent  rise  in  all
Canadian  stocks  which  has  taken  place  in
        <pb n="162" />
        182

recent  years,  it  will  be  observed  that  Canadian
3  per  Cents,  have  been  in  no  way  supported ­
  by  the  local  prosperity,  but,  yielding
to  the  dominating  influence  of  London,  the
financial  centre  which  furnishes  the  investment ­
  demand  for  this  security,  Canadian
Threes  have  slavishly  followed  in  the  wake  of  all
stocks  dependent  upon  British  Trade  Influence,
and  have  depreciated  seriously  during  the  very
years  when  Canadian  Railway  stocks,  Hudson’s
Bay  Company’s  shares,  and  other  Canadian
issues,  other  than  Trustee  stocks,  have  been
making  a  high  record  of  prices,  hitherto
unreached  in  their  previous  financial  history.
Similarly  the  London,  Tilbury  &amp;amp;  Southend
4  per  Cent.  Perpetual  Debenture,  in  spite  of  the
expanding  traffic  of  that  line,  which  was  continuously ­
  progressive  during  the  period  from
1895  to  1904,  was  unable  to  resist  the  dominating ­
  influence  of  general  depression  in  British
trade  ;  and,  in  sympathy  with  all  other  Trustee
stocks,  reached  a  low  level  of  depression  in
1904,  at  a  time  when  the  same  company’s
ordinary  stock  was  paying  a  larger  dividend
than  it  had  ever  done  before,  and  was  standing
at  a  record  high-water  mark.
Yet  during  the  self-same  period,  when  British
Trustee  stocks  were  thus  emphatically  proving
their  unsuitability  to  be  used  as  the  receptacles
        <pb n="163" />
        183

of  the  capital  of  trusts,  it  was  possible  to
obtain  absolute  Capital  Stability  by  investing
money  in  the  Government  stocks  of  a  variety
of  nationalities  distributed  over  a  world-wide
area.  It  is  almost  unnecessary  to  remark  that
these  Government  stocks  are,  of  course,  Trustee
stocks  in  each  of  their  respective  countries  of
issue.  So  that  what  we  have  already  shown
to  be  true  of  internationally  selected  stocks
generally  is,  as  might  be  expected,  equally  true
of  internationally  selected  Trustee  stocks  ;  that
is  to  say,  when  a  group  of  international  Trustee
stocks  is  so  chosen  that  the  bulk  of  each
stock  is  held  in  the  country  of  original  issue,
then  each  of  the  stocks  which  form  the  group
will  be  controlled  by  a  separate  trade  influence,
and  each  will  fluctuate  as  an  independent  item.
In  brief,  such  a  group  of  investments  wmuld
display  that  very  stability  of  realisable  value
which  is  so  conspicuously  lacking  in  a  group
of  all-British  Trustee  stocks.
In  The  Investment  of  Trust  Funds,  we  publish
a  chart  showing  the  price-movements  of  fifteen
Government  loans  which  may  fairly  be  said  to
embrace  every  investment  quarter  of  the  globe.
In  this  group  we  have  not  failed  to  include
United  States  4  per  Cent.,  Spanish  4  per  Cent.,
Russian  4  per  Cent.,  Japanese  5  per  Cent.,  and
Chinese  5  per  Cent.  Gold  Loan,  although  alJ
        <pb n="164" />
        184

these  stocks,  with  the  exception  of  the  last,
were  the  national  issues  of  belligerent  Powers
during  a  war  period,  and  Chinese  Fives  were
adversely  influenced  by  the  Boxer  rebellion
and  the  invasion  of  the  country  by  an  international ­
  force  engaged  in  the  armed  suppression
of  the  Boxer  rising.
Yet,  in  spite  of  these  adverse  historical
events,  it  will  be  seen  that  this  cosmopolitan
collection  of  stocks  displayed  as  a  group  a  far
finer  Capital  Stability  than  did  the  purely
British  Trustee  stocks  whose  fluctuations  are
illustrated  in  the  chart  given  in  this  chapter.
Whether  the  obvious  shortcomings  of  the
British  Trustee  Acts,  as  evidenced  by  these
charts,  will  ever  be  legislatively  remedied
by  the  British  Parliament  extending  the
scope  of  the  Acts  to  include  certain  selected
Foreign  Government  securities  it  is  impossible ­
  to  predict.  But  in  the  meantime
one  fact  is  clearly  established,  and  that  is  that
the  British  Trustee  stocks,  owing  to  their
absolute  identity  of  movement,  do  not  furnish
the  essential  Capital  Stability  which  Trust
Funds  should  possess.
Our  researches  into  the  question  of  the
Geographical  Distribution  of  Capital  and  of
the  protection  thus  afforded  to  investors  have
so  firmly  convinced  us  of  the  danger  of
        <pb n="165" />
        135

Trustees  investing  solely  in  British  Trustee
stocks  that  we  have  applied  ourselves  to  the
question  of  how  trustees  may  best  avoid  the
dangers  by  which  the  interests  confided  to
their  care  are  confronted  owing  to  the  uniform
movement  of  Trustee  stocks.
These  investigations  are  set  forth  at  length
in  the  recently  published  handbook  above
referred  to.
        <pb n="166" />
        APPENDIX.

POPULAR  FINANCIAL  BOOKLET  XXI.
(The  subjoined  Article  was  written  for  the  issue  of  the
Financial  Review  of  Reviews  of  April,  1907).

WORLD'TRADE  AND  THE  GEOGRAPHICAL
DISTRIBUTION  OF  CAPITAL.
Geographical  Distribution  of  Capital  has  been  put  forward  by  the
author  of  “Investment,  an  Exact  Science,”  as  the  only  known  means  for
ensuring  capital  safety  and  stability.  The  principle  of  Geographical
Distribution  of  Capital  is  based  upon  the  fact  that  whilst  the  trade  of
any  one  country  is  subject  to  trade  cycles,  the  trade  of  the  world  is
immune  from  such  trade  cycles  :  and  that,  therefore,  whilst  the  investments ­
  of  any  one  particular  country  suffer  from  bad  trade  in  that
country,  the  investment  trade  over  the  surface  of  the  world  cannot  on
average  so  suffer.  In  this  article  Mr.  John  Holt  Schooling,  F.S.S.,
author  of  the  “British  Trade  Year  Book,”  etc.,  makes  an  independent
investigation  of  this  subject.  His  analysis  is,  of  course,  authoritative,
and  his  results  confirm  the  accuracy  of  the  argument  put  forth  in
“Investment,  an  Exact  Science.”  The  subject  of  capital  safety  and
stability  is  one  of  such  vast  importance  that  Mr.  Schooling’s  article
should  be  read  by  all  investors  who  have  not  yet  adopted  the  system  of
Geographical  Distribution  of  Capital,  and  have  therefore,  so  far,  failed
to  achieve  capital  safety  and  stability.
The  idea  of  the  Geographical  Distribution  of
Capital  is  based  upon  the  main  principle  that
safe  and  profitable  investment  of  capital,  as
distinct  from  speculative  finance,  depends  upon
the  sagacious  distribution  of  the  investment  of
capital  in  different  parts  of  the  world.  It  has
already  been  ably  shown  that  the  investment  of
capital  in  various  securities  of  one  country
exposes  the  capital  invested  to  considerable  and
unsuspected  speculative  risk.  That  speculative
risk  arises  because  the  state  of  trade  in  this  or
in  that  country  is  the  predominant  factor  that
        <pb n="167" />
        187

appreciates  or  depreciates  the  capital  value  of
securities  of  many  different  kinds.  In  other
words,  the  idea  of  the  Geographical  Distribution
of  Capital  is  broadly  based  upon  a  wide
application  of  the  old  adage—“  Don’t  put  all
your  eggs  into  one  basket.”  And  “basket”
here  means  “  country.”
The  enormous  loss  suffered  by  investors  in
the  capital  securities  of  the  United  Kingdom
during  recent  years,  and  the  large  depreciation
of  our  National  credit,  are  most  serious  matters.
And  the  present  subject  is  well  worthy  of
careful  examination.
I  have  been  asked  by  the  Editor  of  the
Financial  Review  of  Reviews  to  examine  the
fluctuations  of  the  trade  of  the  world,  with
special  reference  to  this  matter  of  the
Geographical  Distribution  of  Capital.  The
main  points  put  to  me  are  these  :—
Does  the  trade  of  the  world  constantly
increase,  despite  falls  or  rises  in  the  trade  of
various  parts  of  the  world  ?  And,  is  falling
trade  in  one  part  of  the  world  more  or  less
counterbalanced  by  rising  trade  in  another  part
of  the  world  ?
These  are  interesting  questions,  and  the
investigation  of  the  facts  necessary  to  reply  to
them  ought  to  bring  out  some  widely-based
results  of  much  value,  apart  from  the  results
        <pb n="168" />
        138

specially  appertaining  to  this  present  matter  of
Geographical  Distribution  of  Capital.  So  far
as  I  know,  no  examination  of  world-trade
fluctuations  has  hitherto  been  made.
Now  as  to  the  data  to  be  examined.  The
world’s  trade  consists  of  the  home  or  internal
trade  of  each  country  and  of  the  foreign
commerce  of  each  country.  Records  of  the
home  trade  of  the  countries  of  the  world  do
not  exist  to  an  extent  sufficient  for  a  broadly
based  inquiry  of  this  sort.  Thus  we  have  to
turn  to  the  records  of  the  foreign  commerce  of
each  country,  and  perhaps  the  best  available
test  is  to  examine  the  exports  of  each  country.
Let  it  be  clearly  understood  that  while
export  trade  is  one  important  part  of  a  nation’s
trade,  it  is  by  no  means  an  exclusive  or  an
exhaustive  test  of  a  country’s  progress  or
regress  in  trade  generally.  I  will  use  this  part  of
trade  because  it  seems  to  me  to  supply  the  best
data  that  are  available  for  my  present  purpose.
The  countries  whose  export  trade  has  been
examined  during  each  year  1890-1904  are  as
follows  :—
Europe.—United  Kingdom,  Germany,  France,
Holland,  Russia,  Austria-Hungary,  Belgium,  Italy,
Spain,  Switzerland,  Sweden,  Denmark,  Roumania,
Norway,  Finland,  Portugal,  Greece,  Bulgaria,
Eighteen  countries,  stated  in  the  order  of  their
importance.
America.—United  States,  Canada,  Argentine
Republic,  Chile,  Mexico,  Uruguay,  British  West
        <pb n="169" />
        189

Indies,  British  Guiana,  Newfoundland,  Costa  Rica.
Ten  countries,  stated  in  the  order  of  their
importance.
Asia.—British  India,  China,  Straits  Settlements,
Japan,  Ceylon,  Aden,  Mauritius.  Seven  countries,
stated  in  the  order  of  their  importance.
Australasia.  —  Australian  Commonwealth,  New
Zealand.  Two  countries,  stated  in  the  order  of
their  importance.
Africa.—Egypt,  British  South  Africa  (Cape  of
Good  Hope,  Natal,  &amp;amp;c.),  British  West  Africa
(Gold  Coast,  Nigeria,  Sierra  Leone,  &amp;amp;c.).  Three
countries,  stated  in  the  order  of  their  importance.
Thus,  the  facts  for  forty  different  parts  of
the  world  have  been  examined  during  fifteen
years.  In  some  countries,  such  as  Brazil  and
Turkey,  the  necessary  records  do  not  exist.
And  some  countries  where  the  trade  is  trivial
or  where  the  facts  are  wanting,  such  as  British
Honduras  and  Cyprus,  have  not  been  included.
The  first  thing  that  had  to  be  done  was  to
summarise  the  export  trade  for  each  of  these
forty  parts  of  the  world  for  each  of  the  fifteen
years  1890-1904.  This  has  been  done,  and  the
net  result  of  these  600  tabulations  may  be
condensed  as  follows.
Taking  the  world’s  exports  (from  my  working ­
  sheets)  and  summing  them  up  in  successive
periods  of  five  years  and  of  ten  years,  so  as  to
show  the  course  of  trade,  I  find  that  the  world’s
export  trade  is  not  absolutely  immune  from  fluctuation. ­
  It  is  nearly  constantly  increasing,  but
not  quite,  as  the  following  statement  shows  :—
        <pb n="170" />
        140

A.—The  World’s  Exports.
Yearly  Average  during  each  quinquennium  and  during  each  decennium.
Period,  1890-1904.  See  Diagram  I.

Quin-  Million
quennium.  £
1890-  1894  ...  1,414
1891-  1895  ...  1,403
1892-  1896  ...  1,408
1893-  1897  ...  1,439
1894-  1898  ...  1,494
1895-  1899  ...  1,579

Quin-  Million
quennium.  £
1896-  1900  ...  1,674
1897-  1901  ...  1,758
1898-  1902  ...  1,837
1899-  1903  ...  1,924
1900-  1904  ...  2,000

De-  Million
cennium.  £
1890-  1899  ...  1,496
1891-  1900  ...  1,538
1892-  1901  ...  1,583
1893-  1902  ...  1,638
1894-  1903  ...  1,709
1895-  1904  ...  1,790

Diagram  I.
The  World’s  Exports.  Yearly  Average  during  each  quinquennium.
Period,  1890-1904.  See  Statement  A.

world’s
EXPORTS
PER
XEAP.
Mlltóovks
4  h

2.000-i
  9  oo
1800-17OO

4600
I  SOO
I  woo  -
1300-I
  2.00  -
IlOO
10  00
900
8  00
.  7  00
600
s  00
LOO
3  00
zoo
t  o  0

Jt  Ir,  'O  -f~  Co  OO  -  c4&amp;lt;0-i
(Tl  O'  ^  O  Cl  ^  o  OÒ  OO
OO  CD  CO  Oo  Co  CO  O'  O'  O'  O'  O'

%  1  .

i  i

i  i  I

CO  Co  CO  CO

T—P—I—T

1  i  r

■A  IV

The  years  at  the  top  and  the  long  curve  show  the  average  yearly
exports  of  the  World  during  each  quinquennium.
Example  ¡—During  the  five  years  1890-1893,  the  World’s  Exports
averaged  1,414  million  £  yearly.
        <pb n="171" />
        141

It  will  be  seen  that  there  was  one  fall—in
the  period  1891-1895.  But  beginning  with
that  period  the  advance  was  continuous.  A
glance  at  Diagram  I.  will  show  the  upward
course  of  the  world’s  export  trade.
When  we  look  at  the  decennial  averages  in
Statement  A  we  see  a  steady  increase  in  the
world’s  export  trade.  And  this  method  is
probably  the  best  that  can  be  used  to  make
the  course  of  trade  disclose  itself.  It  has  been
extensively  applied  by  me  in  my  “  British
Trade  Year  Book  ”  (John  Murray),  and  I  may
point  out  that  when  the  trade  of  single
countries  is  thus  treated  by  the  method  of
decennial  averages  many  up  or  down  gradients
of  trade  are  seen  to  exist,  which,  as  the  latter
part  of  Statement  A  shows,  are  wholly  absent
from  the  trade  of  the  world.
It  is,  I  think,  to  be  expected  that  the  trade
of  the  world  should  constantly  increase,  apart
from  the  evidence  of  fact  given  in  Statement  A,
which  relates  to  one  important  part  of  the
world’s  trade.  I  say  this  because  we  have  the
fact  that  the  world’s  population  is  constantly
increasing.  This  means  that  the  material
needs  of  that  population  also  constantly  increase. ­
  Therefore,  the  world’s  activity  in
producing  merchandise  of  all  sorts,  for  consumption ­
  by  the  world’s  increasing  population,
        <pb n="172" />
        142

must  also  increase  constantly—-in  the  world.
There  is  not  necessarily  an  increase  in  each
part  of  the  world.
Thus,  for  all  practical  purposes,  such,  for
example,  as  this  matter  of  the  Geographical
Distribution  of  Capital,  the  first  question  put
to  me  may  be  answered  in  the  affirmative  by
Statement  A.  And  if  it  were  possible  to
include  the  results  for  the  home  trade  of  each
part  of  the  world,  with  the  large  section  of
foreign  connnerce  here  dealt  with,  it  is
probable  that  even  the  trivial  fluctuation  seen
in  the  first  part  of  Statement  A  would  vanish.
I  come  now  to  the  consideration  of  the
second  question.  This  relates  to  the  yearly
trade  fluctuations  in  different  parts  of  the
world.  And  it  will  be  interesting  to  observe
the  many  instances  where  a  fall  in  one  part  of
the  world’s  trade  is  accompanied  by  a  rise  in
another  part  of  the  world’s  trade.
First,  let  me  summarise  the  facts  :  —

B.—The  World’s  Exports  during  1890-1904.

Europe  ...
America  ...
Asia
Australasia
Africa

Million  £.
16,786
4,952
2,220
583
424

Por  Cent,  of  Total.
673
198
89
23
17

Total

24,965

1000
        <pb n="173" />
        This  is  24,965  million  £,  or  an  average  of
exports  equal  to  1,664  million  £  per  year.
These  exports  are  nearly  all  “  special  exports  ”
of  each  of  the  forty  countries.  That  is  to  say,
they  are  the  exports  of  home  produce  and.
manufactures  of  each  country,  thus  excluding
re-exports.  In  a  few  small  trading  countries,
such  as  Spain,  Roumania,  Finland,  &amp;amp;c.,  1  have
had  to  use  the  general  exports  (special  exports
plus  re-exports)  because  the  special  exports  are
not  recorded.  And  also  in  some  of  the  smaller
trading  countries  the  exports  include  some
bullion  and  specie  which  cannot  be  separated
from  the  exports  of  merchandise.  But  these
points  are  of  trivial  importance  relatively  to  the
large  volume  of  data  that  have  been  examined
and  condensed  for  the  purpose  of  this  article.
The  first  main  result  which  comes  out  is
that  Europe’s  exports  vastly  predominate.
4  hey  form  more  than  two-thirds  of  the  exports
of  the  world.  This  fact  at  once  tells  us  that
when  we  look  at  the  yearly  fluctuations  of
trade  we  must  .separate  Europe  from  the  Rest
of  the  World.  Because  as  Europe  predominates
so  greatly  in  the  world’s  export  trade,  it  follows
that  any  fluctuation  taking  place  in  Europe
must  give  a  corresponding  tone  to  the  total
exports  of  the  world.  Thus  we  must  first  look  at
Europe  as  compared  with  the  Rest  of  the  W  orld.
        <pb n="174" />
        144

C.—  Exports  during  1890-1904.
£  Per  Cent,  of  Total.
Europe  ...  ...  16,786,000,000  67’3
The  Rest  of  the  World  8,179,000,000  32  7
Total  £24,969,000,000  100*0

Having  made  this  necessary  distinction,  we
will  look  at  the  fluctuations  in  Europe’s
exports  side  by  side  with  the  fluctuations  in
the  exports  of  the  Rest  of  the  World.  (See
Table  I.)
Table  I.—Comparing  the  fluctuations  in  Europe’s  Exports
with  the  fluctuations  in  the  exports  of  the  Rest
of  the  World.

Year.

From  1890  to
»  1891  „
,,  1892  ,,
,,  1893  „
„  1894  „
,,  1895  ,,
,,  1896  ,,
„  1897,,
,,  1898  ,,
,,  1899  ,,
„  1900  „
„  1901  „
„  1902  „
„  1903  „

1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904

Europe’s
Exports.

Million  £.
Fell  by  20
Fell  „  77
Rose  ,,  11
Fell  „  14
Rose  ,,  54
Rose  „  61
Rose  ,,  36
Rose  ,,  17
Rose  ,,  96
Rose  ,,  74
Fell  „  22
Rose  ,,  62
Rose  ,,  77
Rose  ,,  35

The  Rest  of  the
World’s  Exports.

Million  £.
Rose  by  19
Rose  ,,  19
Fell  „  41
Fell  ,,  4
No  change.
Rose  by  16
Rose  ,,  37
Rose  ,,  70
Rose  ,,  39
Rose  „  27
Rose  ,,  45
Fell  „  9
Rose  „  45
Rose  ,,  45
        <pb n="175" />
        145

Table  I.  illustrates  the  tendency  of  trade
to  fall  in  one  part  of  the  world,  and  simultaneously ­
  to  rise  in  another  part  of  the  world.
In  three  years  Europe’s  exports  fell  and  in
the  same  years  the  exports  of  the  Rest  of  the
World  rose.  In  two  years  the  process  was
reversed.  In  one  year  Europe’s  exports  rose
and  the  other  exports  did  not  move.  And  in
the  other  eight  years  Europe’s  exports  fell  or
rose  disproportionately  to  the  simultaneous  rise
or  fall  in  the  exports  of  the  Rest  of  the  World.
Observe  that  there  was  only  one  instance
(1893  to  1894)  when  a  fall  in  Europe’s  exports
was  accompanied  by  a  fall  in  the  exports  of
the  Rest  of  the  World,  and  note  that  the  latter
fall  was  trivial.
Here  we  have  repeated  instances  of  what
I  may  call  compensating  trade  fluctuations,
despite  the  general  rising  tendency  (which  we
expect)  both  in  Europe’s  exports  and  in  the
exports  of  the  Rest  of  the  World.  The  first
instance  of  this  compensating  trade  movement
occurs  in  the  first  year  of  the  table,  when
Europe’s  exports  fell  by  £20,000,000  and  the
exports  of  the  Rest  of  the  World  rose  by
£19,000,000.
It  is,  of  course,  not  to  be  expected  that
there  should  occur  an  exact  degree  of  compensating ­
  trade  fluctuation  over  the  vast  areas
L  2
        <pb n="176" />
        146

now  compared.  And  we  have  to  bear  in
mind  that  we  are  now  comparing  the  two
trade  areas  as  regards  one  section  of  trade  only.
The  results  in  Table  1.  certainly  substantiate ­
  the  theory  of  compensating  trade
fluctuation,  and  they  also  evidence  the  general
tendency  of  the  trade  of  the  world  constantly
to  increase.
An  important  point  here  crops  up.  Is
Europe  decreasing  or  increasing  its  share  of
the  world’s  export  trade  ?  Although  this
question  has  not  been  put  to  me  for  examination, ­
  it  bears  upon  this  matter  of  the
Geographical  Distribution  of  Capital,  and  it
is  worth  looking  into.  Here  are  the  results  :—

1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897

D.—Europe’s  Share  of  the  World’s  Exports.
Per  Cent.
69-7
68-3

65  9
68-2
680
69  2
699
69  1

1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904

Per  Cent.
661
668
669
650
663
662
651

This  means  that  in  the  year  1890  Europe’s
exports  were  equal  to  69’7  per  cent,  of  the
world’s  exports,  and  that  in  1904  Europe’s
share  had  fallen  to  65T  per  cent.  The  falling
tendency  is  well  marked.  And  the  deduction
        <pb n="177" />
        147

ti

is  that,  although  Europe  remains  greatly
predominant  as  a  world  trader,  yet  Europe’s
predominance  is  smaller  now  than  in  earlier
years.  And,  necessarily,  the  Rest  of  the
World  is  now  of  more  importance,  relatively
to  Europe,  as  a  trader,  than  was  the  case  in
former  years.  Incidentally,  these  results  give
force  to  the  policy  of  the  Geographical
Distribution  of  Capital.
Let  me  now  show  the  fluctuations  in
export  trade,  as  regards  Europe  and  America.
(Table  II.)

Table  II.—Comparing  the  fluctuations  in  Europe’s  Exports
with  the  fluctuations  in  the  Exports  of  All  America.

Year.

Europe’s
Exports.

All  America’s
Exports.

From  1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903

to  1891
„  1892
„  1893
„  1894
„  1895
„  1896
„  1897
,,  1898
„  1899
„  1900
„  1901
„  1902
„  1903
„  1904

Million  £.
Fell  by  20
Fell  „  77
Rose  „  11
Fell  „  14
Rose  ,,  54
Rose  „  61
Rose  „  36
Rose  „  17
Rose  „  96
Rose  ,,  74
Fell  „  22
Rose  „  62
Rose  ,,  77
Rose  ,,  35

Million  £.
Rose  by  6
Rose  ,,  34
Fell  „  38
Rose  ,,  8
Fell  „  14
Rose  ,,  18
Rose  ,,  34
Rose  ,,  52
Rose  „  11
Rose  ,,  36
Rose  ,,  23
Fell  „  15
Rose  „  22
Rose  „  19
        <pb n="178" />
        148

The  above  summary  illustrates  the  tendency ­
  of  trade  to  fall  in  one  part  of  the
world  and  simultaneously  to  rise  in  another
part  of  the  world.
In  four  years  Europe’s  exports  fell,  and
in  the  same  years  All  America’s  exports
rose.  In  three  years  the  process  was  reversed.
In  the  other  seven  years  Europe’s  exports
rose  disproportionately  to  the  simultaneous
rise  in  the  exports  of  All  America.
Here,  again,  we  get  striking  confirmation
of  the  compensating  tendency  in  trade
fluctuations,  with  also  further  evidence  of
the  tendency  for  world  trade  to  increase.  In
no  fewer  than  seven  of  the  years  in  Table  II.
a  fall  or  a  rise  in  Europe’s  exports  was  accompanied ­
  by  the  opposite  movement  in  America’s
exports.  And  the  rises  in  both  areas  show
plainly  the  tendency  for  world  trade  to  increase.
We  will  now  ascertain  the  progress  or
regress  in  America’s  share  of  the  world’s
export  trade.

E.—America’s  Share  of
Per  Cent.
1890  17-2
1891  176
1892  208
1893  185
1894  193
1895  17  6
1896  17  9
1897  192

the  World’s  Exports.
Per  Cent.
1898  213
1899  204
1900  212
1901  221
1902  208
1903  206
1904  207
        <pb n="179" />
        ííi

—

149

We  see  that  in  1890  the  export  trade  of
America  was  17'2  per  cent,  of  the  export
trade  of  the  world,  and  that  in  1904  America’s
share  was  20*7  per  cent.  The  rise  is  well  marked,
despite  the  fluctuations  of  certain  years.
Thus,  accepting  export  trade  as  one
indication  of  trade  progress,  we  see  that
America  has  been  gaining  position  relatively
to  Europe  (see  Statement  D)  as  a  world-trader.
So  far  whole  continents  and  vast  areas
of  the  world  have  been  compared  as  regards
trade  fluctuation.

We  may  now  narrow  the  base  and  come
to  the  matter  of  the  United  Kingdom’s  share
in  Europe’s  exports.
F.—The  United  Kingdom’s  Share  of  Europe's  Exports.

Per  Cent.
1890  25'8
1891  24-6
1892  245
1893  233
1894  233
1895  23T
1896  23-1
1897  21-8
t  In
because  exported
exports  during  1899-1904.

1898
11899
11900
|1901
|1902
1T903
11904

Per  Cent.
.  213
.  22  2
.  23  0
.  22  6
.  217
.  211
.  213

these  years  the  above  figures  are  slightly  too  high,
sported  ships  were  included  in  the  United  Kingdom’s

In  1890  the  United  Kingdom’s  exports
were  25'8  per  cent,  of  Europe’s  exports.  In
1904  the  United  Kingdom’s  share  had  fallen
to  21*3  per  cent.
        <pb n="180" />
        150

Here  the  trade  movement  is  well  marked.
The  United  Kingdom  has  lost  position  and
the  Rest  of  Europe  has  gained  position.
Further,  Europe  as  a  whole  has  largelyincreased
  its  export  trade.  (See  the  rises  in
Table  II.)
We  will  now  compare  the  export  trade
fluctuations  of  two  countries  under  wholly
diverse  conditions,  for  the  purpose  of  further
testing  this  matter  of  compensating  trade
fluctuation.  Table  III.  relates  to  the  export
trade  of  the  United  Kingdom  and  of  the
United  States.

Table  111.—Comparing  the  fluctuations  in  the  United
Kingdom’s  Exports  with  the  fluctuations  in  the  Exports
of  the  United  States.—See  Diagram  II.

Year.

United  Kingdom’s
Exports.*

United  States’
Exports,  t

From  1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903

to  1891
„  1892
„  1893
,,  1894
,,  1895
,,  1896
„  1897
„  1898
„  1899
„  1900
„  1901
„  1902
„  1903
„  1904

Million  £
Fell  by  17
Fell  „  20
Fell  „  9
Fell  „  2
Rose  ,,  10
Rose  „  14
Fell  „  6
Fell  „  1
Rose  „  31
Rose  ,,  27
Fell
Rose
Rose  ,,  8
Rose  „  10

11
3

Million  £
Rose  by  6
Rose  „  30
Fell  „  39
Rose  „  8
Fell  „  16
Rose  ,,  15
Rose  „  35
Rose  „  37
Fell  „  1
Rose  „  35
Rose  ,,  18
,,  22
Rose  „  8
Rose  ,,  9

*  These  are  “British”  exports  (special  exports),  and  they  include
ships  from  1899.
t  These  are  the  “special  exports  ”  of  the  United  States.
        <pb n="181" />
        Diagram  II.

Showing  the  Special  Exports  of  the  United  Kingdom  and
of  the  United  States  for  each  year,  1890-1904.—
See  Table  III.

EXPORTS
PfRTEAR
of  L
5  2  o
3  0  0
280
2&amp;amp;0
240
2  2  0
200
I  80
I  6  O
I  U  0
I  2  0
I  0  0
8  o
6  o
I»  o  -
20  -

O  -  c(  &amp;lt;0  3"  «  -£&amp;gt;  I—  CO  O'  O  -  &amp;lt;S  iO
o  o  o  o
CO  OD  00  'to  03  oo  ro  Go  Go  Oo  O'  C7\  ^  O'

OK.2.Gz*

S.I76  -

*

The  solid  black  line  shows  the  special  exports  of  the  United
Kingdom  (including  ships  during  1899-1904.  Ships  were  not  recorded
during  1890-1898).
„  The  dotted  black  line  shows  the  special  exports  of  the  United
States.
In  this  instance  the  principle  of  compensating ­
  trade  fluctuation  is  most  clearly
        <pb n="182" />
        s

152

evidenced.  In  six  years  the  United  Kingdom’s
exports  fell,  and  in  the  same  years  the
United  States’  exports  rose.  In  three  years
the  process  was  reversed.  In  the  other  five
years  the  United  Kingdom’s  exports  fell  or
rose  more  or  less  disproportionately  to  the
simnltaneons  rise  or  fall  in  the  exports  of  the
United  States.  When  our  trade  has  fallen,  the
trade  of  the  United  States  has  risen,  and  vice
versa.  And  the  predominant  rises  are  further
evidence,  if  any  he  needed,  of  the  advancing
trade  of  the  world.
The  next  thing  to  look  at  is  the  share
of  the  United  Kingdom  and  the  share
of  the  United  States  in  the  exports  of  the
world.
G.  —Comparing  the  United  Kingdom’s  Share  of  the
World’s  Exports  with  the  United  States’  Share  of
the  World’s  Exports.

United  United
Kingdom.  States.
Per  cent.  Per  cen

Per  cent.

United  United
Kingdom.  States.
Per  cent.  Per  cent.

Per  cent.

1890  ...  180  120
1891  ...  169  124
1892  ...  16  1  15  1
1893  ...  15  8  12  6
1894  ...  159  133
1895  ...  160  11*7
1896  ...  16  1  12  1
1897  ...  150  138

1898  ...  14.1  153
1899  ...  148  14  1
1900  ...  154  15-2
1901  ...  14-7  159
1902  ...  144  144
1903  ...  139  139
1904  ...  139  138
        <pb n="183" />
        158

Statement  G  is  exceedingly  interesting.
It  means  that  in  the  year  1890  the  United
Kingdom  supplied  18  0  per  cent,  of  the
world’s  exports,  and  that  the  United  States
supplied  12  per  cent,  of  the  world’s  exports.
In  1904  the  United  Kingdom’s  share  had
fallen  to  13  9  per  cent.,  and  the  United
States’  share  had  risen  to  13*8  per  cent.  The
change  of  position  of  the  two  countries,  as
world-traders,  is  most  marked,  and  we  could
scarcely  have  a  clearer  illustration  of  this
principle  of  compensating  trade  movement
which  is  so  closely  connected  with  the  validity
of  the  Geographical  Distribution  of  Capital.
Our  loss  of  position  as  a  seller  to  the
world  has  been  closely  accompanied  by  the
United  States’  gain  of  position  as  a  seller
to  the  world.  The  neck-and-neck  race
in  the  latter  years  of  Statement  G  is  a
striking  feature  of  this  most  interesting
comparison.
The  United  Kingdom’s  share  in  Statement ­
  G  is  slightly  exaggerated  in  the  years
1899-1904,  because  in  those  years  our  exports
include  ships  which  were  not  included  in  the
years  1890-1898.
My  investigation  contains  many  more
results  in  addition  to  the  leading  features
        <pb n="184" />
        /

154

I  have  shown.  But  it  is  scarcely  necessary
to  give  further  evidence  as  regards  the
general  truth  of  the  statements  that  the
world’s  trade  constantly  increases,  that  there
are  numerous  fluctuations  in  the  trade  of
different  parts  of  the  world,  and  that,  broadly,
these  fluctuations  are  compensating.  That  is
to  say,  a  fall  in  the  trade  of  one  part  of  the
world  is  accompanied  by  a  rise  in  the  trade
of  another  part  of  the  world,  the  demand  for
the  production  of  commodities  of  all  kinds
being  necessarily  an  increasing  demand,  owing
to  the  constant  increase  in  the  world’s
population,  and  in  the  activity  of  that
population.
But  it  may  be  useful  to  examine  one  or  two
of  the  raw  products  of  nations,  and  to  see
whether  in  this  most  important  direction  also
there  is  to  be  found  the  working  of  compensating ­
  trade  fluctuation  accompanied  by  an
increase  of  trade.
Take,  for  instance,  the  production  of  Iron
Ore.  A  most  important  raw  product,  because
it  enters  so  largely  into  processes  of  manufacture ­
  of  many  kinds,  which,  moreover,  are
not  confined  to  a  country’s  export  trade,  but
which  relate  also  to  a  country’s  home  trade
and  manufactures  generally.
        <pb n="185" />
        155
Table  IV.—Tlie  Production  of  Iron  Ore  in  the  Three
Principal  Producing  Countries.

Year

1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905

Total

Tons  (of  2,240  lbs.*)  of  Iron  Ore  Produced  in

United  States.

Million  Tons.
16  0
14  6
16  3
116
11*9
160
160
17  5
194
24  7
27  6
289
35  6
350
27  6
44  1

362-8

Germany.

Million  Tons.
112
10  5
11-3
11-  3
12  2
12-  2
14  0
15-3
15  6
17*7
18-7
16  3
17  7
20-9
216
230

United
Kingdom.

249-5

Million  Tons.
138
12  8
11-3
11*2
124
12  6
13-  7
138
14  2
14  5
14-  0
12  3
13  4
13  7
138
14  6

Total.

2121

Million  Tons.
410
37  9
38-9
341
36  5
40-8
43  7
46  6
492
56-9
60-3
57  5
667
69  6
63  0
817

824  4

Note.—In  the  year  1880  the  production  was  :
United  Kingdom  ...
Germany
United  States

Million  Tons.
180
7-1
7  1

*  Germany’s  production  is  recorded  in  metric  tons  of
2,204  lbs.,  here  converted  into  English  tons  of  about  2,240  lbs.
        <pb n="186" />
        166

Table  IV.  shows  the  production  of  iron
ore  in  the  three  principal  producing  countries.
First,  we  see  plainly  the  large  increase  in
production.  From  41  million  tons  in  1890  to
8T7  million  tons  in  1905.  That  means  a  large
increase  in  world  products  and  in  world  trade.
Now  look  at  the  fluctuations  for  each
country  in  Table  IV.  The  United  Kingdom
remained  nearly  stationary  during  1890-1905.
But  Germany  and  the  United  States  (especially
latter)  made  great  advances.  The  total  product ­
  of  iron  ore  greatly  increased,  and  our
absence  of  increase  was  more  than  compensated ­
  by  the  increases  in  Germany  and  in
the  United  States.  This  is  a  notable  instance
of  compensating  fluctuation  as  between  country
and  country,  accompanied  by  increase  in  world
production.
Table  V.—The  Production  of  Iron  Ore  in  the  Three
Principal  Producing  Countries,  showing  each  country’s
share  of  the  total  produce  in  the  three  countries.

Year.

1890
1891
1892
1893

The  facts  in  Table  IV.  shown  as  percentages  of  the  total
for  each  year.

United  States.

Per  Cent.
39  0
38  5
420
340

Germany.

Per  Cent.
27  3
27'7
290
332

United
Kingdom.

Per  Cent.
337
338
290
328

Total.

Per  Cent.
100
100
100
100
        <pb n="187" />
        157

Year.

1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905

The  facts  in  Table  IV.  shown  as  percentages  of  the  total
for  each  year.

United  States,

Per  Cent.
326
392
36  6
37  6
394
434
45*8
502
534
503
438
539

Germany.

Per  Cent.
334
29  9
321
328
317
311
310
284
265
300
343
28'2

United
Kingdom.

Per  Cent.
340
309
313
29  6
289
25  5
232
214
201
19  7
219
17-9

Total.

Per  Cent.
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

Example.—In  1890  the  United  Kingdom  produced  33  7%
of  all  the  iron  ore  produced  in  the  three  countries.  In  1905
the  United  Kingdom’s  share  had  fallen  to  17  9%.

Table  V.,  which  converts  the  facts  in
Table  IV.  into  percentages,  shows  even  more
clearly  than  Table  IV.  the  working  of  this
principle  of  compensating  fluctuation.  The
results  are  exceedingly  interesting,  not  only
as  regards  the  matter  with  which  I  am
now  specially  concerned,  but  also  from  the
higher  plane  of  international  production  and
commerce.
Similarly,  I  might  show  coal  production
and  coal  consumption,  but  that  I  do  not
want  to  overburden  this  article  with  tables.
        <pb n="188" />
        158

The  whole  subject  is  full  of  interest  and
of  important  results  when  the  records  are
looked  at  upon  a  broad-fact  base,  and  without
any  of  the  narrow  and  superficial  picking-out
of  this  or  that  year  for  the  purpose  of  supporting ­
  a  pre-conceived  opinion.  The  latter
method  has,  unfortunately,  become  so  common
in  this  country  during  the  last  four  years  of
.  discussion  upon  matters  of  trade,  that  one
welcomes  any  opportunity  that  comes  to
enable  any  section  of  trade  to  be  dealt  with
in  a  full  and  sound  way.  And  as  regards
the  special  purpose  of  this  present  investigation, ­
  I  am  pleased  to  be  able  to  say  that  the
large  mass  of  facts  which  have  been  examined
and  condensed  do  support  the  sound  principle
of  the  Geographical  Distribution  of  Capital.
If  it  be  admitted,  as  I  think  it  must,  that
the  trade  condition  of  a  country  has  a  predominant ­
  and  widespread  influence  upon  the
value  of  the  capital  securities  of  that  country,
then  it  seems  to  me  that  the  principle  of  the
distribution  of  capital-investment  in  various
parts  of  the  world  must  tend  towards  the
safe  and  profitable  investment  of  capital,  and
must  go  a  long  way  to  remove  from  capitalinvestment
  the  unsuspected  element  of  speculation ­
  that  comes  in  when  capital  is  invested
        <pb n="189" />
        M

159

in  various  securities  of  one  country.  For  the
net  result  of  this  investigation  is  to  show
that  whereas  frequent  and  important  trade
fluctuations  occur  in  various  parts  of  the
world,  the  world  itself  is  practically  immune
from  such  fluctuations.
John  Holt  Schooling.
(Author  of  The  British  Trade  Year  Book.)

Note.—Table  VI.,  Appendix  (see  next  page),  gives  the
facts  for  each  year,  1890-1904,  that  will  enable  any  reader
to  check  the  accuracy  of  the  results  shown  in  Statements  A
to  G,  and  in  Tables  I.  to  III.  Tables  IV.  and  V.  contain
the  original  facts  to  which  they  relate.  And  Table  VI.  is
a  much  condensed  summary  of  the  World’s  Export  Trade.
        <pb n="190" />
        ,»!■''  &amp;gt;■

!  m

IGO

cDCNioarot-HLOoiooorHCD^ç^og^

S2TX  »  iLS
craxiNn

a.ioîina
ao
-LSJIH

OhOOCONfflHOKjHOOlCOW
(OlOONOlOOrfiíINIXOHÇOH
l^['D'M&amp;gt;M&amp;gt;COCOOíffiO)OOH

•woa
-OKI)!
aaxiNn

«ÍD'f-OOtDOiO'ífOííHOWHH
(DsÎKlHHlM'b-WIOtDOJOOaiœO
(MOaOCllNKNlOCloaoaoClOaoCICXKNloafO

V

4)  «D

43  C

•crmoAV
HHX
ÆO  XSMH

rnoo3COr±=d-oc-[&amp;gt;-cofOcoq32-g&amp;gt;
ctnü!&amp;gt;hororoLoaDLOCT&amp;gt;oacDLop^
c3-'3t'ïJ'à"'3''3l"^''3l'LO L OOCOCDC~C~

^-■d-c-oocd-ooaiLooaoooaoogoíta-(MONM(XlMOÇ'®COtD&amp;lt;íOI&amp;gt;H

OOOK»0)OiOOOHNNKÎi04f

%  O

T3  4J

H  2

;  8

43  í

M  £

LO'^-cococoeocnojCD'a-Locot-iroro
CDCDOD-lOHOJCOtítaCOOtDKKO
c±Tj-^)-h0M0^3-c±L0(0C-C00303O^4

-■§

CTCHOA\
SHX

P  rO

oa  &amp;lt;m

s  -

K)inioiOKico(OifltDoa)H4ttoo
oaoaoacooaeaocKMoarocoKjfOK)^

i£  =

t-  3¡

■visv r i
vHxsnv

Kjco^-LOsd-^^hOLOcohocD^-ic^oa
rororofOforohOforo^^ífíl-ítLO

O-O

H  &amp;amp;

H  ■-Pi

  Ph

MOMO^iOCO'JOJííMMOC'C'a)
hOfCoacorHíNioacO'ítLOLOcoc'CTjo
r-H  &amp;lt;—hhhhhhhhhhhhn

P&amp;gt;0

R  £

*-»  o

*&amp;gt;v.

äiSäSlllSSSSiSl

SW

çw

cí^-OOD=JOOCT)lO&amp;gt;aoO(NIOCCICTl"4r

^t£?53£rt2£:23 COCD ^' &amp;lt; = &amp;gt; »'- 1
0)0)0)03000H(MNWm&amp;lt;í

y  43

rtH

&amp;gt;  4/

43  3

OHN^3iç&amp;lt;ÛM»a)OHNWd-030303030)030303030300000

00  00  00  CO  00  CO  CO  00  00  00  03  03  03  03  03
        <pb n="191" />
        ESTABLISHED  1880.

tibe  investment  IRegístrç,  Xtò.
2,  WATERLOO  PLACE,  LONDON,  S.W.

Sir  John  Eolleston,  D.L
The  Lord  Elcho.

DIEECTOBS—
I  P.  BUBDETT-CUXNIXOHAM.
I  E.  Mobtimeb  Haklky.
Hexby  Lowbnfeld.

SECEETABV-W.  W.  SMITH.  ACCOUNTANT-WALTEB  G.  BELL.  AUDITOES-Blakemore
AND  CO.,  6,  Old  Jewry,  E.C.  BANKEES—LONDON  &amp;amp;  WESTMINSTER  Bank,  St.  James’s  Square,  S.W.
Lloyds  BANK,  Lombard  Street,  E.C.

TWENTY-SIXTH  ANNUAL  REPORT,
For  the  year  ending  21th  September,  1906.
The  Directors  have  pleasure  in  reporting  as  follows
There  are  at  present  311  shareholders  on  the  Company’s  Register.  The  Company’s ­
  gross  Profits  on  Dealings  and  Sale  of  Publications  have  amounted  to
£46,326  5s.  3d.,  and  after  paying  for  all  outgoings,  and  making  provision  for
depreciation,  &amp;amp;c.,  there  is  a  net  profit  of  £19,635  4s.  lid.  New  Investment  Lists
representing  a  cash  value  of  £2,918,017  have  been  entered  on  the  Company’s
Register  during  the  year  for  the  purpose  of  being  re-constructed  by  the  Company
on  the  principle  of  Geographical  Distribution  of  Capital.  The  refusal  to  undertake ­
  speculative  transactions  for  customers  has  produced  a  highly  beneficial
effect  ;  this  policy  will  be  continued.
In  April  last  the  following  half-yearly  interim  dividends  were  paid,  viz  •—
at  the  rate  of  5  A  per  cent,  on  the  1st  Preference  Shares,  10  per  cent,  on  the
Preference  Shares,  and  £1  per  share  on  the  Ordinary  Shares  of  the  Company
The  Directors  now  propose  to  pay  the  following  final  dividends  for  the  Company’s
past  financial  year  5%  per  cent,  on  the  1st  Preference  Shares,  10  per  cent,  on
the  Preference  Shares,  and  a  further  dividend  of  £3  per  share  on  the  Ordinary
Shares  of  the  Company.
The  Dividend  now  recommended  will  absorb  £5,998,  and  leave  a  balance  of
£10,434  19s.  Id.  to  be  carried  forward.
By  order  of  the  Board,
W.  W.  SMITH,  Secretary.

BALANCE  SHEET,  27th  September,  1906.

CB.  ASSETS.
CASH  AT  BANKERS—
London  and  Westminster
Stocks,  &amp;amp;c.,  ox  Hand  for  Delivery  on  September  27th  Settlement  at  Cost
or  Market  Price  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...
ScNDBY  Debtors  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...
Leasehold  PbopebTY,  Copyrights,  Furniture,  Fittings,  Goodwill,  and
Securities  on  hand,  &amp;amp;c

£  s.  d.
28,443  10  1
10,461  10  10
170  IS  4-39,075

  16  3

41,858  3  4
15,709  14  0

76,429  0  1
£173,072  13  8

LIABILITIES.

Da.
Subscribed  Capital-30,aw)
  51  per  Cent.  First  Preference  Shares  of  £1  each
DEDUCT—Amount  unpaid
40,007  10  per  Cent.  Preference  Shares  of  £1  each  ...
1,000  Ordinary  Shares  of  10s.  each
SUNDBY  CBEDITOBS—Clients
Brokers  '
Sundries
Profit  and  Lohs  account—
Balance  at  28th  September,  1905
ADD—Net  Profit  as  per  Profit  and  Loss  Account
DEDUCT—Dividends  paid  thereout

115  0  0-36.165  0  0
40.007  0  0
*  ...  ...  500  0  0—
...  ...  46,351  9  5
31,289  15  7
•  ...  ...  2,336  9  7—
6  837  3  11
...  ...  19,635  4  11

26,472  8  10
10,049  9  9—

76,672  0  0
79,977  14  7

16,422  19  1
.£173.072  13  8

SögstSSSigsss

6,  Old  Jewry,  E.C.
8th  October,  1906

BLAKEMOEE  &amp;amp;  CO.,  Chartered  Accountants
Auditors.
M  2
        <pb n="192" />
        Catalogue  of  Publications
ISSUED  BY  THE
INVESTMENT  REGISTRY,  LTD.,
2,  WATERLOO  PLACE,  S.W.
Estab.  1880.

BECK,  Baron  Julius  Yon  Madarassy.  “  An  Unique
Method  of  Investment.”  Demy  8vo.  16  pp.
Id.,  post  free  l^d.
“Well  worthy  of  careful  consideration.”—Daily  Mail.
CARDIGAN,  Earl  of.  “  Can  Money  be  Profitably
Invested  in  Land?”  Demy  8vo.  16  pp.  Id.,
post  free  lid.
“An  article  of  the  utmost  value.”—Agricultural  Economist.

DYER,  Henry,  C  E.,  M.A.,  late  Principal  of  the  Imperial
University  of  Tokyo.  “  Japanese  Industries  and
Foreign  Investments.”  Demy  8vo.  16  pp.  Id.,
post  free  l£d.
FINANCIAL  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS.  260  pp.
Monthly.  Price  1/-;  annual  subscription,  10/-.
A  Journal  for  Investors.  Gives  an  up-to-date
record  of  ail  reports,  balance-sheets,  dividends,
prices  and  yields  of  every  important  stock  quoted  in
Great  Britain  ;  and  a  digest  of  every  important
financial  article  and  every  new  prospectus  ;  also
important  original  articles  on  financial  subjects
written  by  eminent  statesmen,  economists,  and
financial  experts.  (See  pp.  7,  8  and  9).
“Is  likely  to  exercise  great  influence.”—¡standard.
        <pb n="193" />
        3

Catalogue  of  Books  published  by  The  Investment  Registry.

HARDIE,  J.  Keir,  M.P.  “  A  Labour  Budget.”  Demy
8vo.  16  pp.  Id.,  post  free  ljd.
“  An  elaborate  and  very  valuable  article.”—Morning  Leader.
HARLEY,  E.  Mortimer.  “The  Investor’s  Account
Book.”  Provides  a  perfect  record  of  every  transaction, ­
  is  continuous,  and  always  fully  posted  ;  every
entry  is  made  once  only  and  never  transferred
from  one  account  to  another.  It  provides  for
Geographical  Division  of  Capital  and  can  be  fully
used,  even  by  those  who  have  no  knowledge  of
book-keeping.  Cloth  binding,  $/-  nett  ;  leather
binding,  6/-  nett.  Copies  bound  in  any  leather  or
style  to  suit  the  investor’s  library  at  moderate  price.
(See  page  10.)
“The  book  itself  is  so  simply  arranged,  and  the  directions  and  forms
contained  in  it  are  so  easily  understood,  that  even  very  indolent  and
unbusinesslike  persons  could  keep  their  accounts  in  it  for  themselves
without  much  effortManchester  Guardian.

INVESTOR’S  YEAR  BOOK.  Gives  15  years’  highest
and  lowest  quotations,  dividends,  yields,  inherent
values,  geographical  divisions,  capital  positions,
ages,  &amp;amp;c,  of  about  2,00U  of  the  best  known  Stock
Exchange  securities.  Handsomely  bound  in  art
cloth.  695  pp.  1/-  nett.  (See  page  14.)
“  An  extremely  useful  publication,  the  particulars  set  forth  provide  a
gauge  of  the  value  of  stocks.”—f  inancial  News.

INVESTMENT  CRITIC.  “Investment  Knowledge.”
Demy  8vo.  16  pp.  Id.,  post  free  l|d.
“  Contains  information  of  substantial  value  to  the  investor.”—Bristol
Daily  Mercury.

“  Safe  Investment  and  Improved  Income,  Based
on  the  World’s  Commerce/’  Demy  8vo.  16  pp.
Id.,  post  free  l£d.  Contains  10  charts  showing
typical  price-movements  in  different  countries.
        <pb n="194" />
        Catalogue  of  Books  published  by  The  Investment  Begistry,

“  How  to  Manage  Capital.”  Bound  in  art  cloth.
140  pp.  if-  nett.  Explains  liow  a  systematic
investment  scheme  should  be  started  and  subsequently ­
  kept  up.  Informs  the  reader  when,
how  and  what  to  buy  and  sell,  in  order  to  obtain
the  best  results  from  capital  invested  in  Stock
Exchange  securities.  (See  page  14.)
JAMIESON,  Geo.,  C.M.G.,  late  Consul-General  in  China.
“Chinese  Investments  and  Finance.”  Demy
8vo.  16  pp.  Id.,  post  free  l£d.
“  Interesting  and  instructive.”—  Westminster  Gazette.
LOWENFELD,  Henry.  “  Investment  an  Exact
Science.”  New  and  Revised  Edition.  Cloth
bound.  Demy  8vo.  160  pp.  2s.  6d.  Illustrated
by  numerous  charts.  Contents:  On  Investment
Risks.  —  What  Influences  the  Realisable  Value
of  Stocks  ?  —  The  Geographical  Distribution  of
Capital.—Why  Geographical  Distribution  Protects
both  Capital  and  Income.  —  The  Practical  Construction ­
  of  Investment  Schemes.  —  The  Treatment
of  Existing  Investment  Lists.—  The  World’s  Stock
Markets.  —  The  Defects  of  the  British  Trustee
Acts.  —  World-Trade  and  the  Geographical  Distribution ­
  of  Capital.  Written  by  J.  HOLT
SCHOOLING,  F.S.S.
“A  striking  argument  put  forth  in  convincing  style.”—Financial
News.

“  The  Investment  of  Trust  Funds.”  Revised  as
to  points  of  law  by  E.  A.  SCRATCHLEY,  of
Lincoln’s  Inn,  Barrister-at-Law.  Demy  8vo.
100  pp.  Bound  in  art  cloth.  2s.  6d.  nett.
(See  page  11.)
“Of  considerable  interest  and  value.”—  The  Standard.
        <pb n="195" />
        5

Catalogue  of  Books  published  hy  The  Investment  Registry.

“  Professional  Men  as  Investors."  Demy  8vo.
16  pp.  Id.,  post  free  lid.
“  The  writer  deals  in  a  remarkably  keen  style  with  the  errors  into
which  the  professional  man  may  fall  if  he  does  not  grasp  the  rudiments
of  sound  investment.”—City  Press.
“Investment  Crazes."  Demy  8vo.  16  pp.  Id.,
post  free  Hd.
“  Well  worth  the  perusal  of  all  interested  in  stocks  and  shares.”—
Bristol  Mercury.
“  Consols  and  National  Credit."  Demy  8vo.
16  pp.  Id.,  post  free  l|d.
“Investors  will  follow  with  interest  the  arguments  of  the  writer.”—
Daily  Telegraph.
McCLEERY,  J.  Carlisle.  “  Discounting  the  Death
Duties.”  Demy  8vo.  16  pp.  id.,  post  free  l^d.
M’LAREN,  Sir  Charles,  K  C  ,  M.P.,  Chairman  of  the
Metropolitan  Railway.  “  Prospects  of  Iron  and
Steel  ¡vestments.”  Demy  8vo.  16  pp.  Id.,
post  free  Hd.
“  A  very  able  and  interesting  article.”—Investors'  Review.
MORGAN,  Percy,  F.s!s.  “  The  Outlook  for  Brewery
Investments.”  Demy  8vo.  16  pp.  Id.,  post
free  l^d.
ROLLESTON,  Sir  John.  “  Investments  in  Real
Property.”  Demy  8vo.  16  pp.  Id.,  post  free
lid.
“  A  most  striking  article.”—Leicester  Post.
        <pb n="196" />
        6

J

Catalogue  of  Books  published  by  The  Investment  Registry.

SASSOON,  Sir  Edward.  “  Finance  and  the  Feudatory
States  of  India.”  Demy  8vo.  16  pp.  Id.,  post
free  l£d.
SCHOOLING,  J.  Holt,  F.S  S.  “World-Trade  and
the  Geographical  Distribution  of  Capital.”
Demy  8vo.  24  pp.  Id.,  post  free  4£d.
WITHERS,  George.  “  The  Stock  Exchange.”  O.
8vo.  260  pp.  Bound  in  art  cloth.  3/6  nett.
Traces  the  Stock  Exchange  bargain  from  the  client
to  the  final  adjustment  of  the  transaction  between
the  original  seller  and  the  ultimate  buyer.
“  How  to  Read  a  Prospectus.”  Demy  8vo.
16  pp.  Id.,  post  free  l^d.
“How  to  Read  a  Balance  Sheet.”  Demy  8vo.
16  pp.  Id.,  post  free  l|d.
“  English  Investors  and  American  Securities.”
Demy  8vo.  16  pp.  Id.,  post  free  l£d.
WRIGHT,  Arnold.  “  The  Municipal  Rakes’  Progress.” ­
  Demy  8vo.  16  pp.  Id.,  post  free  l£d.

Quite  a  remarkable  article.—East  Anglian  Daily  Times."
        <pb n="197" />
        7

Read  Pkkss  Opinions  ox  next  page.

80  Pages  of  Reading  Matter.  166  Pages  of  Tabular  Matter.
financial  Rcoieu)  of  Renions.
MONTHLY,  1«.  NETT.

|V°  Investor  can  afford  to  be  without  a  file  of  the  FINANCIAL
1  ^  .  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS,  as  this  is  the  only  journal  in  existence
which  informs  him  as  to  the  present  real  position  of  his  own  Investments
and  their  comparative  merits  when  gauged  by  other  securities.
This  Review  not  only  gives  an  up-to-date  record  of  all  Reports,
Balance  Sheets,  Dividends,  Prices  and  Yields  of  every  important  stock
quoted  in  Great  Britain  (about  5,000  individual  securities),  but  it  also
contains  a  digest  of  every  important  Financial  Article  and  every  new
Prospectus.  In  addition,  there  are  in  each  number  four  important
Original  Articles  on  financial  subjects  written  by  eminent  Statesmen,
Economists  and  Financial  Experts.
During  the  past  year  the  following  Writers  have  contributed  :
The  Right  Hon.  Sir  CHARLES  Sir  ROBERT  EDGCUMBE.
DILKE,  P.C.,  M.P.  Prof.  G.  H.  BRYAN,  Sc.D.,  F.R.S.
The  Hon.  MICHAEL  H.  HENRY  LOWENFELD.
HICKS-BEACH,  M.P.  Sir  JOHN  ROLLESTON,  D.L.
J.  KEIR  HARDIE,  M.P.  ERNEST  E.  WILLIAMS,  F.S.8.
T.  P.  O’CONNOR,  M.P.  GEORGE  WITHERS.
The  Hon.  W.  PEMBER  REEVES,  GEORGE  JAMIESON,  C.M.G.,
High  Commissioner  for  New  Zealand.  Late  Consul-General  in  China.
A.  J.  WILSON,  S.  F.  VAN  OSS.
Editor  of  the  “  Investor’s  Review.  ’  sir  EDWARD  SASSOON,  Bart.,  M.P.
Sir  CHARLES  M’LAREN,  Bart.,  ARNOLD  WRIGHT.
K.G.,  M.P.  EARL  OF  CARDIGAN,  D.S.O.
Sir  THOMAS  P.  WHITTAKER,  M.P.  J.  HOLT  SCHOOLING,  F.S.S.
P.  C.  MORGAN,  F.S.S.  STEFAN  MULLER,
PERCY  F.  MARTIN,  F.R.G.S.  Financial  Editor  of
T.  A.  COGHLAN,  I.S.O.,  "  Neue  Freie  Presse”
Agent-General  for  Australia.  Baron  von  MADARASSY-BECK
Prof.  Dr.  HENRY  DYER,  C.E.,  M.A.  (Of  the  Hungarian  Mortgage  Bank).

The  FINANCIAL  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS  includes  in  every
issue  an  Inquiry  Coupon,  which  can  be  used  by  Subscribers  for
obtaining  from  the  Editor  a  competent,  specific  reply  to  any  financial
question  free  of  charge.  The  Editor  will  also  advise  Subscribers  on
tne  entire  list  of  investments  held  by  them,  and  make  a  full  report  upon
such  lists.  In  fact
Subscribers  to  the  FINANCIAL  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS
obtain  at  a  minimum  cost  every  opportunity  of  safeguarding ­
  their  capital  and  employing  it  in  the  most
profitable  manner.
The  Editor  DISCOURAGES  Speculation,  and  ENCOURAGES
sound  Investment  Methods  only.
BACK  NUMBERS  OBTAINABLE.

Che  financial  Rcoicw  of  Rcoicws,
3,  WATERLOO  PLACE,  LONDON,  S.W.
Published  on  the  1st  of  each  month.
        <pb n="198" />
        financial  Rcoicu)  of  Rcoioos.
PUBLISHED  MONTHLY,  PRICE  1/-  Nett.

EXTRACTS  OF  SOME  PRESS  OPINIONS  DURING  1906:-“Is
  likely  to  exercise  great  influence.”—Standard.
“  Meets  a  long-felt  want  ."—Manchester  Guardian.
“It’s  capital  and  really  well  done.”—Investor's  Review.
“  The  hand  of  the  expert  is  seen  on  every  page.”
-  Newcastle  Daily  Chronicle
“  An  exhaustive  survey  of  all  financial  topics.”  -  Truth.
“  Wonderfully  enterprising  publication.”—Pall  Mall  Gazette.
“  Contains  sound  advice.”-  Morning  Post.
“An  interesting  monthly  review.”—The  Scotsman.
“  Invaluable  guide  to  investors.”—Eastern  Morning  News.
“  Thoroughly  worth  reading.”—Morning  Leader.
“  Likely  to  be  much  appreciated.”—The  Field.
“  Reviews  the  entire  financial  press.”—Fairplay.
“  Extremely  interesting.”—Edinburgh  Evening  News.
“A  mass  of  well-digested  matter.”—British  Australasian.
“  160  pages  of  statistical  record.”—Money  Market  Review.
“Crammed  with  useful  information.”—Bristol  Daily  Mercury.
“  Cannot  fail  to  prove  interesting.”—Birmingham  Daily  Gazette.
“  Useful  compendium  for  ready  reference.”—Financier.
“  That  invaluable  monthly.”  -  Liverpool  Daily  Post.
“Of  inceasing  value  to  investors.”—Financier.
“Mammon’s  own  family  Bible.”—Reynolds'  Weekly  Ncivspaper.
“Of  remarkable  interest.”—Liverpool  Courier.
“Covers  the  field  of  investment  more  completely  than  any  other
periodical  or  financial  publication.”
—Australian  Trading  World.
“  Exceptionally  interesting.”—City  Press.
“Magnificent  statistical  record.”—World.
“Demands  serious  attention.”—  Aberdeen  Daily  Journal.
“  Standard  of  excellence  well  maintained.”—Capitalist.
“That  useful  and  interesting  magazine.”—'The  Accountant.
“  We  compliment  the  Review.”—London  and  China  'Telegraph.
M  Recommended  to  investors.”—Mining  Journal.
“  Impossible  to  over-estimate  its  value.”
—Bristol  Times  and  Mirror.
“  Maintains  the  excellence  of  its  articles  on  sound  investment.”
—Morning  Advertiser.
“  Is  creating  a  new  departure.”—Sheffield  Independent.
“  The  Review  is  to  be  congratulated.”—Newcastle  Journal.
“Deserves  to  be  kept  for  reference.”—Birmingham  Daily  Post.
“  Exceedingly  useful  publication.”—African  World.
“  240  interesting  pages  for  one  shilling.”
—Belfast  Evening  Telegraph.

Cbe  financial  Reniât»  of  Renions,
2,  WATERLOO  PLACE,  LONDON,  S.W.
        <pb n="199" />
        9

fl  Complete  financial  Record.

The  ‘‘FINANCIAL
REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS”

filing  Cabinet.

Made  in
Mahogany,  Oak,  or  Walnut,
Price  lOs.  6d.
Or  with  Stationery  Rack,  14s.

It  can  stand  on  your  Desk.  It  can  hang  on  your  Office  or  Library  Wall.

VESTORS  YEAR  BOOK

i  r  b  IM  a  r&amp;lt;  ¡  ^  i-1  ^  r  I  j  u  f  J  ¡jul  |aug[sep|cc  i  ¡  n  o  v  ¡  c  c  C

in

□

The  Financial  Review  of  Reviews  contains—
The  Topics  of  the  Month,  being  a  digest  of  everything  of  importance
which  has  transpired  during  the  past  month,  and  a  glance  at  the  alphabetical ­
  index  preceding  them  renders  the  task  of  reference  an  easy  one
The  Digest  of  the  Month's  Reports  discusses  every  important  balancesheet
  and  directors’  report  which  has  appeared  during  the  month.  The
companies  are  alphabetically  arranged,  so  that  such  reports  as  interest
each  individual  reader  can  be  found  instantly.
The  Month's  Neto  Issues  give  a  critical  abstract  of  every  new  public
issue,  and  compare  its  value  with  existing  investments.
The  Tables  give  the  latest  prices,  dividends,  and  income-yields  at
current  quotations  of  5,000  securities,  together  with  a  record  of  their
highest  and  lowest  prices  and  past  dividends  paid,  and  other  valuable
information.
The  latest  12  monthly  issues  filed  constitute  a  complete  history  of
recent  financial  events.

The  Review  Subscription  is  10s.  per  annum  post  free.
Back  Numbers  for  starting  the  Cabinet  obtainable  at  any  time  from
the  Publisher,  2,  WATERLOO  PLACE,  LONDON,  S.W.
        <pb n="200" />
        10

Barkp’s  liiueslor’s
Account  Book.
Provides  a  perfect  record  of  every  transaction,  is  continuous, ­
  and  always  fully  posted  ;  every  entry  is  made
once  only,  and  never  transferred  from  one  account  to
another.  It  provides  for  Geographical  Division  of  Capital,
and  can  be  fully  used,  even  by  those  who  have  no
knowledge  of  book-keeping.

SOME  PRESS  OPINIONS.
The  Manchester  Guardian  of  March  30,  1905,  points  out  that
“  the  book  itself  is  so  simply  arranged,  and  the  directions
and  forms  contained  in  it  are  so  easily  understood,  that  even
very  indolent  and  unbusinesslike  persons  could  keep  their
accounts  in  it  for  themselves  without  much  effort.”
“  A  very  useful  book.  It  is  complete  in  every  respect  ”—
Glasgow  Herald.
"  An  investor  can  tell  at  a  glance  the  real  position  of  his
investments  at  any  time.”—Manchester  Courier.
“  Cannot  fail  to  be  useful  to  all  owners  of  stocks  and  shares
who  wish  to  keep  their  accounts  accurately.”—Belfast  News
Letter.
A  very  handy  book  enabling  the  investor  to  see  ‘  where  he
is  ’  at  a  glance.”—Newcastle  Daily  Chronicle.
“  Skilfully  designed  .  .  .  a  convenient  book  for  methodical
record  keeping.”—Aberdeen  Free  Press.
“  Cannot  fail  to  be  appreciated  by  all  investors.”—Dundee
Courier.  .
“  The  most  complete,  concise  and  understandable  work  of  the
kind  we  have  seen.”—Bradford  Weekly  Telegraph.
“Will  rapidly  win  favour—it  makes  accurate  book-keeping
a  matter  of  simplicity,  and  by  its  use  the  investor  is  enabled
to  arrive  at  his  exact  position  at  a  moment’s  notice.”—•
Yorkshire  Daily  Observer.
‘  A  most  comprehensive  and  useful  publication.”—Yorkshire
Chronicle

Price:  Cloth  Binding,  4s.  nett:  Leather  Binding,  6s.  nett.

2,  WATERLOO  PLACE,  LONDON,  8.W.
        <pb n="201" />
        NOW  READY.

CIk  Inucslmciii  of
Crust  funds
IN  THE  SAFEST  AND  MOST
PRODUCTIVE  MANNER.
By
HENRY  LOWENFELD.
Revised  as  to  statements  of  law  by
E.  A.  SCRATCHLEY,
Of  Lincoln’s  Inn,  Barrlster-at-Law.

“  Of  considerable  interest  and  value.”—Standard.
“An  interesting  and  enlightening  work.”—Financier.
“The  result  of  most  careful  study  and  revision.”
—Dundee  Courier.
“  Throws  much  fresh  light  on  the  difficulties  which  may  beset  the
path  of  trustees.”—Evening  Standard.
“  Enunciates  very  sound  principles.”—Tribune.
“A  volume  of  unquestionable  value.”—Liverpool  Courier.
“Replete  with  hints  and  suggestions.”—Vanity  Fair.
“Many  valuable  hints  and  much  practical  advice.”
—Northern  Whig  (Belfast).
“  Clearly  and  concisely  written.—Irish  Independent.
“A  singularly  interesting  work.”—Devon  and  Exeter  Gazette.
“  Should  prove  most  informing  to  the  general  public  and  welcome
to  the  legal  profession.”—North  Eastern  Daily  Gazette.
“  Should  prove  suggestive  to  trustees.”—Scotsman.
“Will  be  welcomed  by  many  a  sorely  perplexed  trustee.”
—  Western  Daily  Mercury.
“  Should  be  of  immense  service.”—Irish  Times.
“Sound,  practical  advice.”—Globe.
“  Thoroughly  practical.”—Eastern  Morning  News.
“A  very  useful  publication.  The  advantage  of  geographically
distributing  investments  is  unquestionable.”—Morning  Post.
Price  -  2s,  6d.

PUBLISHERS—
2,  WATERLOO  PLAGE,  LONDON,  S.W.
        <pb n="202" />
        y

12

Popular  financial  Booklets.

This  series  of  Popular  Financial  Booklets  comprises
complete  original  Articles  of  universal  interest  which
have  appeared  in  the  M  Financial  Review  of  Reviews."

PRICE  ONE  PENNY.

1.  How  to  Read  a  Balance-Sheet  GEO.  WITHERS
Explains  how  investors  may  be  forewarned  by  investigating  a  company’s
balance-sheet.
2.  Finance  and  the  Feudatory  States  of  India
Sir  ED.  SASSOON,  IM  P.
Shows  that  Great  Britain  can  profitably  invest  money  in  India.
3.  Professional  Men  as  Investors  ...  HENRY  LOWENFELD
Explains  why  safety  of  Investment  should  be  the  first  consideration  of
the  Professional  man.
4.  Prospects  of  Iron  and  Steel  Investments
Sir  CHAS.  M’LAREN,  M.P.
Traces  the  progress  and  anticipates  the  future  of  iron  and  steel  investments.
5.  Investment  Knowledge  ...  THE  INVESTMENT  CRITIC
Deals  with  the  dangers  to  which  a  limited  investment  vocabulary  exposes
its  owner.
6.  Can  Money  be  Profitably  Invested  in  Land  ?
EARL  OF  CARDIGAN,  D.S.O.
Treats  of  various  methods  of  land  investment.
7.  How  Investment  Safety  is  attained  HENRY  LOWENFELD
Describes  the  main  principles  of  sound  investment.
8.  A  Labour  Budget  KEIR  HARDIE,  M.P.
Indicates  the  financial  policy  of  the  labour  Party  if  given  legislative  power.
9.  Japanese  Industries  and  Foreign  Investments
Or.  H.  DYER,  C.E.,  M.A.
Reviews  the  industrial  growth  of  Japan  and  the  openings  for  foreign  capital.
10.  Investment  Crazes  HENRY  LOWENFELD
Indicates  how  investors  should  act  during  financial  “  booms.”
11.  The  Municipal  Rake’s  Progress  ...  ARNOLD  WRIGHT
Criticises  municipal  financial  extravagance.
12.  The  Outlook  for  Brewery  Investments
P.  C.  MORGAN,  F.S.S.
Discusses  the  financial  bearing  of  past  and  prospective  legislation  ou
brewery  investments.
13.  Chinese  Investments  &amp;amp;  Finance  GEO.  JAMIESON,  C  M  C
Explains  Chinese  financial  methods  and  discusses  investment  values.
        <pb n="203" />
        13

Popular  financial  Booklets—continued.

14.  What  Income  should  Investments  Yield  ?
HENRY  LOWENFELD
Proves  that  a  low  rate  of  income  does  not  necessarily  indicate  capital
security.
15.  Safe  Investment  and  Improved  Income  Based  on  the
World’s  Commerce  ...  THE  INVESTMENT  CRITIC
16.  Discounting  the  Death  Duties  J.  CARLISLE  McCLEERY
17.  The  Money  Market  Article  and  the  Private  Investor
HENRY  LOWENFELD
Shows  how  to  read  the  Money  Market  Article  with  benefit.

18.  Methods  of  Insuring  Death  Duties
THE  INVESTMENT  CRITIC
A  companion  booklet  to  No.  16.

19.  An  Unique  Method  of  Investment
Baron  JULIUS  VON  MADARASSY  BECK,
Of  the  Hungarian  Mortgage  Bank.
Describes  Land  Mortgage  Investments.

20.  English  Investors  and  American  Securities
Exp’ains  how  holders  of  American  stocks  should  act.^

21.  World  Trade  and  the  Geographical  Distribution  of  Capital
JOHN  HOLT  SCHOOLING,  F.S.S.
An  impartial  investigation  of  the  principles  of  Geographical  Distribution.
22.  Consols  and  National  Credit  ...  HENRY  LOWENFELD.
Examines  the  value  of  Consols  from  a  new  standpoint.
23.  Investments  in  Real  Property  ...  Sir  J.  ROLLESTON
Describes  the  advantages  of  mortgage  investments.
24.  Telephone  Investments  in  the  United  States
E.  R.  CONKLIN
Reviews  one  of  the  most  profitable  branches  of  American  joint  stock
enterprise.
25.  Dutch  Experience  of  American  Investments
S.  F.  VAN  OSS
26.  The  Investor’s  Defence  against  Labour’s  Attack  on
Capital  ...  HENRY  LOWENFELD
27.  How  to  Read  a  Prospectus  ...  GEORGE  WITHERS

Any  of  the  above  booklets  will  be  sent  post  free  for  ljd.  each  on
application  to  the  Publishers,

2,  WATERLOO  PLACE,  S.W.
        <pb n="204" />
        y

14

How  To

Manage  Capital

A  companion  volume  to  “Investment  an
Exact  Science.”  Explains  how  a  systematic
Investment  Scheme  should  be  started  and  subsequently ­
  kept  up.  Informs  the  reader  when,  how,
and  what  to  buy  and  sell,  in  order  to  obtain  the
best  results  from  capital  invested  in  Stock
Exchange  Securities.
NEW  EDITION  NOW  READY.

Gives  on  695  pages  15  years  Highest  and
Lowest  Quotations—Dividends—Yields—Inherent
Values—Geographical  Division—Capital  Position—
Age,  &amp;amp;c.,  of  about  2,000  of  the  best  known  Stock
Exchange  Securities.
This  Book  is  indispensable  to  every  reader  of  the
“Financial  Review  of  Reviews.”

“  An  extremely  useful  publication,  the  particulars  set
forth  provide  a  gauge  of  the  value  of  stocks.”—
Financial  News.

2,  WATERLOO  PLACE,  LONDON,  5.W.

Price  6d.  nett,  Cloth  1/-INVESTOR’S



NOW  READY.

Price  1/-  nett.
HANDSOMELY  BOUND  IN  ART  CLOTH.

The  liishopsgate  Press,  London,  E.C.
        <pb n="205" />
        -
        <pb n="206" />
        .  •
        <pb n="207" />
        mm  MBUM

I
"  .«.)!•«r:*Éli?:&amp;gt;•
%  Ur.::/"
Í'3|ün: : i  v  ■;&amp;gt;:!?--f:  ?»  :  ii  sfj»i
#####
■

mm#!

8131

'  i.

m
        <pb n="208" />
        96

of  our  upstanding  pins  as  possible.  In  this
way,  also,  the  equipoise  of  our  investment
risks  will  remain  undisturbed.
For  very  large  amounts  of  capital,  more
than  the  ten  suggested  Geographical  Divisions
may  be  made  by  means  of  further  subdivisions, ­
  care  being  taken  always  to  secure
a  well-balanced  distribution.  At  the  end  of
Chapter  VII.  of  this  book  will  be  found  an
extended  list  of  all  the  principal  Stock
Exchanges  of  the  world,  showing  the  main
divisions  under  which  they  fall,  and  in  each  of
which  it  is  possible  to  find  stocks  that  are
mainly  or  wholly  controlled  by  its  own  market
dealings.
In  addition  to  the  division  of  the  earth’s
surface  into  contrasted  trading  centres,  it  will
be  seen  from  the  coloured  map  that  we  have
included  a  tenth  division,  which  bears  an
international  aspect.  In  this  division  we
include  all  the  undertakings  or  concerns
which  trade  between  nations,  like  Shipping
Companies,  Marine  Insurance  Companies
and  Cable  Companies.  This  is  an  extremely
important  division  and  it  should  be  represented ­
  in  every  Investment  List  where  the
smallness  of  the  capital  sum  precludes
the  investor  from  achieving  a  world-wide  distribution. ­
  The  reasons  for  always  investing  a
        <pb n="209" />
        <pb n="210" />
        i
        <pb n="211" />
        <pb n="212" />
        <pb n="213" />
        <pb n="214" />
        <pb n="215" />
        <pb n="216" />
        <pb n="217" />
      </div>
    </body>
  </text>
</TEI>
